dp/dashboard · 2009-06-01 · dp/dashboard user manual 1 - 1 e g a p n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o...

298

Upload: others

Post on 28-May-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard
Page 2: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard
Page 3: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

Page i

Version 7.2

Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Data Pro Accounting Software, Inc. The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement. The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of those agreements. The purchaser may make one copy of this software for backup purposes. No part of this manual or other materials included with the package, may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording for any purpose, other than the purchaser’s personal use, without the written permission of Data Pro Accounting Software, Inc.

© 1985-2006 Data Pro Accounting Software, Inc.

Data Pro Accounting Software is a trademark of Data Pro Accounting Software, Inc.

No investigation was made into the common-law trademark rights of any word. Every effort was made to capitalize or highlight, in some manner, any word with current registrations.

All companies, products, addresses, and persons contained herein are intended to be completely fictitious and are designed solely to document and exemplify the use of Data Pro Accounting Software, Inc.’s products.

Page 4: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

Page ii

This page intentionally left blank.

Page 5: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page

Page iii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 1-1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL ....................................................................................................................1-5 CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL....................................................................................1-6 DP/DASHBOARD REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................................................1-7 INFINITY POWER REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................1-7

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES ..................................................................... 2-1 INSTALL MICROSOFT INFORMATION SERVER (IIS) ............................................................2-1

To Install Microsoft Information Server:.......................................................................................... 2-1 INSTALL OR UPGRADE INFINITY POWER AND RELATED PRODUCTS ..........................2-6

To Install or Upgrade Infinity POWER and Related Products: ........................................................ 2-6 CREATE DATA FILES ......................................................................................................................2-6

To Create Data Files: ........................................................................................................................ 2-7 CONFIGURE SECURITY SYSTEM OBJECTS .............................................................................2-8

To Configure Security System Objects: ........................................................................................... 2-9 To Setup Security System Groups and Users: ................................................................................ 2-11

CONFIGURE POWERSERVER OPTIONS ..................................................................................2-15 To Configure POWERServer Options:........................................................................................... 2-15

SETUP POWERSERVER AS A WIN32 SERVICE ON THE SERVER .....................................2-16 To Setup POWERServer: ............................................................................................................... 2-17 To Begin POWERServer for the First Time:................................................................................. 2-17

INSTALL DP/DASHBOARD ON IIS SERVER.............................................................................2-20 Before you Begin:........................................................................................................................... 2-20 To Install DP/DashBoard on the IIS Server:................................................................................... 2-21

CONFIGURE THE IIS WEB SERVER ..........................................................................................2-27 To Configure the IIS Web Server:.................................................................................................. 2-28 To Allow Active Server Pages (Windows 2003 Only):.................................................................. 2-31 To Start the IIS Web Server Process: ............................................................................................. 2-32 To Give Full Control Security Rights to IIS Server: ...................................................................... 2-33

LAUNCH BROWSER AND ENTER URL OF DP/DASHBOARD SERVER.............................2-37 To Start DP/DashBoard: ................................................................................................................. 2-38

CHAPTER 3 USING DP/DASHBOARD ................................................................................. 3-1 GENERAL FUNCTIONS....................................................................................................................3-3

Change Active Company................................................................................................................................... 3-3 To Change the Active Company: ..................................................................................................... 3-3

Change System Date.......................................................................................................................................... 3-4 To Change the System Date: ............................................................................................................ 3-4

Pop-Up Menu .................................................................................................................................................... 3-5 To Access the Pop-Up Menu:........................................................................................................... 3-6

DP/DASHBOARD ADMIN. ................................................................................................................3-7 DP/DashBoard Config Options ......................................................................................................................... 3-8

To Access the Configuration Options Screen:.................................................................................. 3-8 Global Configuration Options ................................................................................................................... 3-8

To Setup/Modify Global Configuration Options:............................................................................. 3-9 Setup/Configure Departments.................................................................................................................. 3-12

To Access the Setup/Configure Departments Screen: .................................................................... 3-12 To Add a Department: .................................................................................................................... 3-13 To Modify a Department: ............................................................................................................... 3-15 To Delete a Department:................................................................................................................. 3-17

Setup/Configure Users............................................................................................................................. 3-17 To Access the Setup/Configure Users Screen: ............................................................................... 3-18 To Add a New User:....................................................................................................................... 3-19

Page 6: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Description Page

Page iv

To Modify a User: .......................................................................................................................... 3-21 To Delete a User:............................................................................................................................ 3-22

Setup/Configure Resources...................................................................................................................... 3-23 To Access the Setup/Configure Resources Screen: ........................................................................ 3-23 To Add a Resource: ........................................................................................................................ 3-24 To Modify a Resource: ................................................................................................................... 3-26 To Delete a Resource:..................................................................................................................... 3-27

Setup Maps & Directions......................................................................................................................... 3-28 To Access the Setup Maps & Directions Screen: ........................................................................... 3-29 To Replace the Maps & Directions Main Menu Image Icon:......................................................... 3-30 To Replace the Maps & Directions Main Menu Title: ................................................................... 3-32 To Add a New Maps & Directions Document: .............................................................................. 3-33 To Add a New Maps & Directions Heading:.................................................................................. 3-35 To Add a New Maps & Directions Link: ....................................................................................... 3-37 To Modify a Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link:........................................................... 3-38 To Remove a Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link: ......................................................... 3-39 To View a Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link: .............................................................. 3-41 To Download a Maps & Directions Document: ............................................................................. 3-42

Setup Company Logos and Phone Numbers............................................................................................ 3-44 To Access the Setup Company Logo and Phone Numbers Screen:................................................ 3-44 To Replace the Company Logo Image: .......................................................................................... 3-45 To Replace the Internal Phone List Menu Image Icon: .................................................................. 3-47 To Replace the Phone List Image:.................................................................................................. 3-48 To Add/Modify Company Address and Phone Numbers: .............................................................. 3-49

Setup Available Companies..................................................................................................................... 3-50 To Access the Setup Available Companies Screen ........................................................................ 3-50 To Add a Company: ....................................................................................................................... 3-52 To Modify a Company: .................................................................................................................. 3-53 To Remove a Company: ................................................................................................................. 3-55

Setup Documents ..................................................................................................................................... 3-56 To Access a Setup Documents Screen:........................................................................................... 3-58 To Replace a Document Main Menu Title: .................................................................................... 3-60 To Replace a Documents Main Menu Image Icon: ........................................................................ 3-61 To Add a New Documents Document:........................................................................................... 3-63 To Add a New Documents Heading:.............................................................................................. 3-64 To Add a New Documents Link:.................................................................................................... 3-66 To Modify a Documents Document/Heading/Link: ....................................................................... 3-67 To Remove a Document/Heading/Link:......................................................................................... 3-70 To View a Document/Heading/Link: ............................................................................................. 3-71 To Download a Document Template:............................................................................................. 3-72

Color Styles Setup ........................................................................................................................................... 3-73 To Change the Color Style of the DP/DashBoard Screens:............................................................ 3-74

CALENDAR & TASKS.....................................................................................................................3-75 Event Calendar ................................................................................................................................................ 3-76

To Access the Calendar Screen: ..................................................................................................... 3-76 To View a Specific Calendar:......................................................................................................... 3-78 To Schedule a New Event: ............................................................................................................. 3-78 To Select a Customer for an Event: ................................................................................................ 3-81 To Select a Vendor for an Event: ................................................................................................... 3-83 To Change an Event: ...................................................................................................................... 3-85

Project/Task Menu........................................................................................................................................... 3-85 To Access the Project/Task Menu Screen: ..................................................................................... 3-86 To Add a New Project: ................................................................................................................... 3-87

Page 7: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Description Page

Page v

To Mark a Project as Completed: ................................................................................................... 3-88 To View Tasks:............................................................................................................................... 3-88 To Add a Task: ............................................................................................................................... 3-90 To Change a Task:.......................................................................................................................... 3-92 To Mark a Task Complete: ............................................................................................................. 3-92 To Remove a Task:......................................................................................................................... 3-93

My Worksheet ................................................................................................................................................. 3-93 To Access the My Worksheet Screen:............................................................................................ 3-94 To Schedule a New Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option:........................................... 3-95 To Change a Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option:..................................................... 3-98 To Add a New Task from the My Worksheet Option: ................................................................... 3-99 To Change a Task from the My Worksheet Option:..................................................................... 3-101 To Mark a Task Complete from the My Worksheet Option:........................................................ 3-102 To Remove a Task from the My Worksheet Option:.................................................................... 3-103 To View Weekly Calendar Events from the My Worksheet Option: ........................................... 3-104

TIPS & TRICKS ..............................................................................................................................3-105 General Ray Sheds Light Functions .............................................................................................................. 3-105

To Open a Ray Sheds Light Document or Link: .......................................................................... 3-106 To Print a Ray Sheds Light Document: ........................................................................................ 3-106 To Download a Ray Sheds Light Document: ............................................................................... 3-107

REPORTS AND DRILLDOWNS...................................................................................................3-109 Perform General Ledger Company Consolidation......................................................................................... 3-109

To Consolidate an Entity: ............................................................................................................. 3-110 Balance Sheet ................................................................................................................................................ 3-111

To Display a Balance Sheet Report: ............................................................................................. 3-111 Income Statement .......................................................................................................................................... 3-114

To Display an Income Statement:................................................................................................. 3-114 Financial Statement Drilldown ...................................................................................................................... 3-117

To Access the Financial Statement Drilldown Option: ................................................................ 3-118 Balance Sheet ........................................................................................................................................ 3-119

To Display a Balance Sheet:......................................................................................................... 3-119 To Drilldown a Balance Sheet Report: ......................................................................................... 3-119

Cashflow................................................................................................................................................ 3-122 To Display a Statement of Cash Flows:........................................................................................ 3-123 To Drilldown a Statement of Cash Flows:.................................................................................... 3-123

Income Statement .................................................................................................................................. 3-127 To Display an Income Statement:................................................................................................. 3-127 To Drilldown an Income Statement:............................................................................................. 3-127

Bank Account Balances................................................................................................................................. 3-131 To Display a Bank Account Balances Report: ............................................................................. 3-131 To Drilldown a Bank Account Balances Report: ......................................................................... 3-132

Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown .......................................................................................................... 3-135 To Display an Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Report:..................................................... 3-135 To Drilldown an Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Report:................................................. 3-138

Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown................................................................................................ 3-142 To Display an Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown Report: .......................................... 3-142 To Drilldown an Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown Report: ...................................... 3-145

Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown ..................................................................................................... 3-147 To Display an Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Report:................................................ 3-147 To Drilldown an Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Report:............................................ 3-149

Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown...................................................................................... 3-153 To Display an Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting Drilldown Report: .................................... 3-154 To Drilldown by Transaction Number: ........................................................................................ 3-156

Page 8: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Description Page

Page vi

CUSTOMER SUPPORT .................................................................................................................3-159 Review/Add Ticklers ..................................................................................................................................... 3-159

To Review a List of Ticklers: ....................................................................................................... 3-160 To Add a New Tickler: ................................................................................................................. 3-161 To Review Tickler Details:........................................................................................................... 3-164 To Modify a Tickler: .................................................................................................................... 3-165

Review/Add Customer Support Tickets ........................................................................................................ 3-165 To Review a Customer Support Ticket: ....................................................................................... 3-166 To Add a Customer Support Ticket:............................................................................................. 3-169 To Change a Customer Support Ticket: ....................................................................................... 3-172

Search for Customer Support Ticket ............................................................................................................. 3-173 To Search for a Customer Support Ticket: ................................................................................... 3-174

Change Customer Profile............................................................................................................................... 3-175 To Change a Customer Profile: .................................................................................................... 3-176

Add a New Customer Profile......................................................................................................................... 3-179 To Add a New Customer Profile: ................................................................................................. 3-179 To Add Additional Contacts:........................................................................................................ 3-181

SALES & PURCHASING ...............................................................................................................3-183 Add New Sales Order .................................................................................................................................... 3-183

To Add a New Sales Order:.......................................................................................................... 3-184 View an Existing Sales Order........................................................................................................................ 3-193

To View an Existing Sales Order: ................................................................................................ 3-194 View an Existing Purchase Order.................................................................................................................. 3-196

To View an Existing Purchase Order: .......................................................................................... 3-197 Inventory Item Inquiry................................................................................................................................... 3-199

To Perform an Inventory Item Inquiry: ........................................................................................ 3-200 View Inventory Sales History by Customer .................................................................................................. 3-202

To View a Customer’s Historical Sales History: .......................................................................... 3-203 PAYROLL TIMESHEETS .............................................................................................................3-208

Review/Add Timesheets ................................................................................................................................ 3-208 To Review/Add a Timesheet: ....................................................................................................... 3-209

Timesheet Report........................................................................................................................................... 3-211 To Display a Time Sheet Report .................................................................................................. 3-212

MAPS & LISTS................................................................................................................................3-213 Maps & Directions......................................................................................................................................... 3-213

To Access the Maps & Directions Screen: ................................................................................... 3-214 To Open a Maps & Directions Document or Link: ...................................................................... 3-215 To Download a Maps & Directions Document: ........................................................................... 3-215

Internal Phone List......................................................................................................................................... 3-215 To Access the Internal Phone List: ............................................................................................... 3-216

DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................................................................3-217 Sample Documents ........................................................................................................................................ 3-217 General Documentation Functions ................................................................................................................ 3-219

To Download a Document:........................................................................................................... 3-219 To View a Document or Link:...................................................................................................... 3-221 To Print a Document: ................................................................................................................... 3-222

CHAPTER 4 DP/DASHBOARD TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ........................................ 4-1 ANTIVIRUS SOFTWARE SETTINGS.............................................................................................4-1

McAfee AntiVirus ............................................................................................................................................. 4-1 Disable Script Blocking in McAfee:................................................................................................. 4-1

Norton AntiVirus............................................................................................................................................... 4-4 Disable Script Blocking in Norton: .................................................................................................. 4-4

Page 9: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Description Page

Page vii

SERVER OBJECT ERROR ...............................................................................................................4-6 To Locate and Copy .dll File into System Directory : ...................................................................... 4-6

INDEX............................................................................................................................................ 1

Page 10: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

Page viii

This page intentionally left blank.

Page 11: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction Page 1-1

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard is a revolutionary new technology that extends its Infinity COMMERCE technology in many exciting new ways which allows firms of all sizes and shapes to manage their business from a completely new point of view. Depending on the company’s specific needs, this product is targeted to address a wide range of internal needs for management and its staff alike.

As such, where Data Pro’s e-commerce technology is easily used for doing business of the web with a company’s customers, the DP/DashBoard system is primarily targeted for a company to use with its internal customers. In other words, this is primarily about doing business with a company’s employees.

With this thought in mind, management has to be engaged from the beginning for any successful implementation of this product to occur. For those responsible with the task of deploying this product for the company, it is important to know from the beginning "what the target is" or the primary mission that you are trying to achieve before you start setting up the variety of features you will find throughout this product.

DP/DashBoard is not about a single solution. It is a "collage" of solutions facing a company in every day life. This includes very complex issues like "Customer Complaints" and how to deal with them to the very simple things in a company like the assimilation of a company’s "Phone List." This may not sound very significant until you interview enough companies and find out how hard it is for the average company to keep an updated phone list going.

With employee turnover and new hires happening at most organizations on a regular basis, this can keep a good "Executive Secretary" busy in both large and small firms. However, delays in keeping this list up to date can cause confusion and frustrate new hires and existing staff alike. That’s why a simple feature that allows firms to "dynamically" generate this list whenever an employee is added or deleted from the system is quite convenient.

The answer is "yes." Is it the only reason a firm would buy this product? Probably not! However, many firms with several locations and hundreds of employees may have a daunting task of keeping everyone up to date with who is currently on staff, where they are located and how to get a hold of them. The DP/DashBoard system immediately solves this kind of problem. One location or six hundred, it doesn’t matter. That is the kind of "internal" solution the DP/DashBoard system is designed to address for a company.

From there, the company then decides what is important to management and what is important to its employees. There are specific features designed for both groups of users. That is why the variety of features are designed to work with the "Advanced Security Administrator" module that is included as standard feature with all versions of the Infinity POWER products starting with Version 6.5 and above.

By being able to deploy each feature with a "security" decision, management can choose on a "group by group" or "user by user" basis which features it wants seen throughout the company. As such, the menus will be dynamically generated by the software to reflect only what is chosen by management for those groups or users accordingly.

This is an ideal solution since it may be possible that only the President, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer are allowed to see the Financial Statements (such as the Balance Sheet and Income Statement). Therefore, on a security level, all other users should be blocked from viewing the company’s financial statements. With DP/DashBoard this is a standard feature. Based on the setup, only these three management users when they login would see a screen that may include all options (Figure 1-1):

Page 12: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 1-2 Introduction Chapter 1

Figure 1-1. DP/DashBoard Menu System Screen – Full Option

Notice down the center of the screen how all of the financial statement options such as Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Financial Statement Drilldown and more are shown. Now, compare this with the following screen that you may see for a user in the Accounts Receivable Department who does not have the same access rights.

Page 13: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction Page 1-3

Figure 1-2. DP/DashBoard Menu System Screen – Accounts Receivable Options Only

The list of menu options is greatly reduced. This is why upper management/ownership has to be involved from the beginning with a deployment of this product. Who and what needs to be identified and decided upon from the beginning as to what each user is going to be allowed to see and do throughout the system.

So far, we have just touched upon a few of the features included in the DP/DashBoard product. There is far more. This includes a company wide calendaring system. You may say, "I already use Microsoft Outlook or a product like Act! or Goldmine" for your personal calendaring system. True. All are fine products for what they do. However, you must now look at a broader issue and that is the scheduling of people and corporate resources throughout the company (not just yourself) so that everyone may be engaged and work together.

DP/DashBoard provides such a capability. More importantly, it does it through a "Browser-based" technology so that it may easily be accessed from virtually anywhere in the world and not just on a single PC as would be the case on these previously stated products.

Therefore, if you intend to schedule a "sales meeting" next Thursday and need to invite thirty (30) people to the meeting, book a conference room and insure everyone is notified, the DP/DashBoard product is ideal for the task. It will automatically check for scheduling conflicts and send an e-mail to everyone notifying them of the scheduled meeting. Further, it will book the meeting on the central calendar and make it available for all to see who are eligible. This is not something an individual contact manager is very efficient at.

Likewise, for those companies in the service business (air conditioning repair, network management, etc.), complete service departments can be setup and all of their scheduling by service technician can be managed through this tool. It transcends a wide variety of uses in all organizations. In fact, each user can keep their schedules on the system and in complete privacy as well! Therefore, when someone tries to invite them to a meeting or conference call for instance, it can notify them whether they are available or not automatically without having to say why. Full levels of security are available throughout.

Page 14: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 1-4 Introduction Chapter 1

DP/DashBoard also incorporates an advanced "Project Management" system that is useful for virtually any company. How many times have you found yourself trying to keep track of a project and wondering if the people you’ve assigned to the project were going to complete it, meet the deadline or had forgotten all about it? Wouldn’t it be nice for Management to know that every department was keeping track of their assignments, regardless of their nature, and that Management had an ability to oversee these projects and more?

Does your company have a convenient way for all employees to see their "Company Policy Manual?" Is it up to date? Do you even have one? After much research, Data Pro found that the last question was one that many companies couldn’t even answer "yes" to, much less the previous ones. DP/DashBoard solves many of these Human Resource Management problems by providing an elaborate "Document Control" system that allows a wide range of groups and sub-categories that may be established throughout the DP/DashBoard system for the purposes of managing word processing documents, spreadsheets, PowerPoint presentations, Adobe Acrobat files, JPGs, GIFs, WAV files, and much more.

The objective is to allow each organization to create a central location where staff may always know they can find the latest and greatest source of a specific document, regardless of which department they may be in. For instance, that could be the Policy Manual for the company as mentioned earlier. Or, it could be a document related to filling out an insurance claim for worker’s comp.

However, the Sales Department may have a wide range of Product Literature it wants available for the entire company so they may be easily faxed or sent via e-mail from everyone’s desktop. If you were a large automotive dealership with multiple lines of cars that you deal with, it would not be uncommon to set up several different sections specific to each brand (i.e. Nissan, Mercedes, Jaguar, Ford, Toyota and more). This way, the information would be instantly available to all of your staff by brand including all of the credit applications, financing documents, lien papers, mileage documents and more that may be required on each sales transaction.

Every business is different and that is why the DP/DashBoard product was designed the way it was. Flexibly! This includes options with almost everything, including all of the icons, having the ability to be changed by each company. And, don’t forget to put a map with directions to each of your locations on your site so your staff, vendors and customers can easily find you! There’s much more.

Finally, the DP/DashBoard is a beginning of your company’s "Intranet" implementation, not an ending. The more you deploy the product you will probably find that you will want to do more. All Data Pro customers already have the technology that allows them to implement e-commerce over the web, if they desire.

DP/DashBoard is your beginning of your "Internal" implementation. The technology this product is based on allows you to continue to expand the number of options and features you want to add for years to come.

Therefore, you will only be limited by your imagination as to the options that may be deployed for your firm. If you need customized reports, specific web options, order processing, time sheet entry for Payroll and Job Cost purposes and more, this is all possible and with a high level of creativity to be had. Don’t forget that like all Infinity POWER products, DP/DashBoard allows for multi-company processing. Therefore, it is not uncommon to implement this product several times on the same server to support multiple companies and multiple sets of financial statements.

Or, you may install the system once and consolidate all financial statements. The method in which you choose will be based on the goals you seek and will be discussed later in this manual so that you may make an informed decision as to what is right for your firm(s). The key is that you have the choice.

Welcome to a new way of managing a company with DP/DashBoard!

Page 15: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction Page 1-5

ABOUT THIS MANUAL This manual includes three chapters and three appendices. The following table describes the organization of the manual.

Section in Manual What You Will Find Chapter 1 Introduction

Introduces the conventions used in this manual and an overview of the DP/DashBoard product.

Chapter 2 Installation

Explains the step-by-step installation procedures for the DP/DashBoard product.

Chapter 3 Using DP/DashBoard

Explains how to configure DP/DashBoard and how to use its features.

Chapter 4 DP/DashBoard Troubleshooting Guide

This troubleshooting guide is designed to help the user find solutions to common problems concerning the installation and configuration of this software and its related products.

Chapter 5 Acronyms

Defines acronyms used in this manual.

Please refer to the Data Dictionary Reference Manual in your System Administrator User Manual for a description of the files, fields, and indexes used through the Infinity POWER Accounting System as well as the E-Commerce and DP/DashBoard products.

<Click> here to access the Data Dictionary Reference Manual in PDF format.

<Click> here to access the on-line Data Dictionary Reference Manual.

Please refer to the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual in your System Administrator User Manual for a listing of security objects by module and their definitions.

<Click> here to access the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual in PDF format.

<Click> here to access the on-line Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual.

Page 16: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 1-6 Introduction Chapter 1

CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL It is important to understand the conventions used in this manual. The following table describes text and formatting conventions.

Convention/Term Type of Information Component Name Name of a specific item on the screen such as pull-down menus, buttons,

text boxes, etc.

Example: Enter the login name in the User Name: text box.

Filename or Directory Location

Indicates a specific filename such as install.exe or a directory location such as C:\power.

NOTE Indicates information for notes, cautions, warnings or important information. Be sure to read these when they appear.

NOTE This is an example of an important note.

> Used to show the hierarchy of either menu options or cascading screens.

Example: From your desktop, <click> the Start button and select the Settings>Control Panel menu option.

" " In a procedure, quotations denote text that should be typed exactly as displayed within the quotations or an exact response to a command. Used for emphasis if used in a paragraph.

Example: From the command prompt, type "exit."

< > Denotes an action to be performed using the computer mouse (e.g. <Click> the Save button.)

Page 17: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 1 Introduction Page 1-7

DP/DASHBOARD REQUIREMENTS DP/DashBoard must be installed on a Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 or XP Professional Server with Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) installed. All users accessing the DP/DashBoard system are required to have a current version of Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator. If all users accessing the DP/DashBoard are located within the same network and behind the same firewall, the installation may be done on the same server as the current accounting server, providing there are enough resources on the server (i.e. processor speed, memory and disk space).

If any users are to be accessing the DP/DashBoard from other locations (i.e. Branch Offices, Home Offices, Portable Users), it is recommended that the DP/DashBoard be installed on a separate server from the accounting server. Further, all remote connections to the DP/DashBoard should be made through a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection for security purposes. If supporting your accounting software, the DP/Dashboard system does require that your internal network system be configured for the TCP/IP networking protocol. See Chapter 2 Installation Procedures, for more detailed information regarding the installation and configuration of your networks, servers, and DP/DashBoard.

INFINITY POWER REQUIREMENTS DP/DashBoard is highly integrated with a wide variety of Infinity POWER accounting modules. New and existing users should be aware that they must have installed all of the necessary Infinity POWER accounting modules for all DP/DashBoard features to be accessible. Otherwise, these features will simply not be available until these modules are purchased and/or installed. Below is a complete listing of the current modules that are necessary for all DP/DashBoard features to be accessible:

Module Part Number DP/DashBoard Features System Administrator (SA) #100 – Standard

Version #695 – Client/Server SQL Version

Includes the required POWERServer, Advanced Security Administrator module, Forms Generator, Menu Editing Tool, POWER Upgrade Utility, Data Dictionary, and Security Objects Definitions.

General Ledger (GL) #101 Required for Balance/Sheet Income Statement/Consolidation and GL Drilldown features.

Accounts Payable (AP) #102 Required for Accounts Payable Agings, Transaction Reports with Drilldowns.

Purchase Order Entry (PO) #103 Required for Sales & Purchasing options such as View Existing Purchase Order. Must have AP module for all Purchase Order functions to be available.

Accounts Receivable (AR) #104 Required for Accounts Receivable Drilldowns, Agings, and Transaction Reports. The AR module is also required to use the Customer Support Management module that is included with the DP/DashBoard Product. This is required for the Add/Change customer Setup Options and Support Tickler and Support Tickets.

Manufacturing Inventory Management (IM)

#105 Required for Inventory Item Inquiry, Sales Order, and Purchase Order options.

Sales Order Entry(SO) #106 Required for Sales & Purchasing options such as Add New Sales Order and View Existing Sales Order. Must have AR module for all Sales Order functions to be available.

Page 18: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 1-8 Introduction Chapter 1

Module Part Number DP/DashBoard Features Payroll (PR) #108 Required for Payroll Timesheets options. Must also

have TE module for all Payroll Timesheets functions to be available.

Check Reconciliation (CR) #270 Required for Bank Statement Drill-down features.

Time Sheet Entry (TE) #271 Required for Payroll Timesheets options. Must also have PR module for all Payroll Timesheets functions to be available.

Customer Support Management (SD)

#275 Required for Customer Support options.

DP/AUTO Event Triggering System

#450 If you have integrated the DP/AUTO product, the “CalendarAlerts” script will send an email notification of upcoming calendar events scheduled in DP/DashBoard and the “CalendarWorksheet” script will email a daily worksheet of calendar events and pending tasks.

Infinity POWER with the POWERServer module may be installed on any of the currently supported operating systems such as SCO UNIX, Red Hat Linux, Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows 2003 Server, XP Professional, and Novell Netware. The Infinity POWER accounting system can be installed with any of our supported databases that include support for FoxPro, dBase IV, Microsoft SQL Server 2000, and IBM DB2. All networks must support a TCP/IP based network protocol.

WARNING You cannot have a virus protection program such as McAfee or Norton Antivirus running a "hawk" enables scan capability on the same server as the IIS Server.

Page 19: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-1

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES This chapter describes the necessary installation procedures and configuration settings that are necessary for the DP/DashBoard system to operate properly. The subsequent sections contain procedures that MUST be performed in the order in which they appear.

NOTE You must install or upgrade to Infinity POWER Version 7.2 BEFORE you install DP/DashBoard Version 7.2.

INSTALL MICROSOFT INFORMATION SERVER (IIS) The DP/DashBoard system is designed to specifically take advantage of the Microsoft Information Server (IIS) which is typically available on systems such as Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000 Server, and Windows 2003 Server. You will find, however, that during most installation procedures the IIS portion of the Windows operating system is NOT installed by default. Unless it has been specifically installed by the System Administrator setting up your PC or Server during the installation of the operating system, then you will need to use the following easy guidelines to install and activate this requirement.

Using a Windows PC with Windows XP Professional installed, activating the IIS utilities is a simple process. This system can be the same PC or Server that is also acting as your accounting server as long as the DP/DashBoard system restricts access to only users from within your internal computer network. Ensure this PC or Server has enough memory, disk space and processor capabilities. If you intend to allow access from outside your corporate network, then it is highly recommended that a separate PC or Server be used for this configuration.

To Install Microsoft Information Server: Before you begin, make sure you have your master Windows operating system installation disk(s) available for this procedure.

1. From your desktop, <click> the Start button and select the Settings>Control Panel menu option. 2. <Click> the Add or Remove Programs sub-menu option. The Add or Remove Programs window

(Figure 2-1) displays, listing all currently loaded applications.

Page 20: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-2 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-1. Add or Remove Programs Window

3. From the left side of the screen, <click> on the Add/Remove Windows Components icon. The Windows Component Wizard window displays (Figure 2-2).

Figure 2-2. Windows Components Wizard

Page 21: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-3

4. <Click> the Internet Information Services (IIS) check box for installation. A check displays in the check box.

NOTE If this option is already checked, then some of these features have already been installed. It is recommended that you review the details of this installation to ensure everything is installed to your satisfaction.

5. <Click> the Details button to review all of the sub-components that will be installed as part of this installation. The Internet Information Services (IIS) details window displays (Figure 2-3).

Figure 2-3. Internet Information Services (IIS) - Details Window

WARNING It is not recommended by Data Pro that you add the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service subcomponent to your system unless you have other specific reasons outside of the scope of DP/DashBoard. The DP/DashBoard system does not utilize the FTP features and this feature could create a potential security breach if not implemented properly. Therefore, make sure you fully understand the ramifications of adding any of these additional components before you select them. The default listing you see above is acceptable for installation, although the DP/DashBoard system only requires the “Common Files,” “SMTP Service,” and “World Wide Web Service” at a minimum to run the product.

6. <Click> the OK button to save the choices on this screen and return to the Windows Component Wizard (Figure 2-2) window.

7. <Click> the Next button to proceed with the installation. If your system requires original software, you may be asked to insert a Service Pack CD. The Insert Disk window displays (Figure 2-4) prompting you to insert the Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 CD into your CD-ROM drive.

Page 22: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-4 Installation Chapter 2

NOTE Depending on your system and how many “Service Pack” updates have been made to the operating system, your prompts may be slightly different than what are shown here. Therefore, adjust your responses accordingly.

Figure 2-4. Insert Disk Window

8. Make sure the CD is in place and click the OK button to continue. The installation process will begin if the correct CD is in place (Figure 2-5).

Figure 2-5. InstallShield Wizard

When the installation is complete the Completing the Windows Components Wizard window (Figure 2-6) displays.

Page 23: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-5

Figure 2-6. Window Components Wizard Window

9. Click the Finish button to close the window and continue the installation process. All remaining windows close when the installation is complete.

IMPORTANT There are two key issues with IP Addresses you must be aware of depending on how the DP/DashBoard system is going to be accessed and configured. First and foremost, inside your internal network and on your server that is running the Microsoft IIS software, you must have a fixed “IP Address” or the Microsoft IIS Server will not operate correctly. This means you must pre-assign a fixed IP Address to this specific server and cannot use the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) feature that is common within many network configurations which allows for a dynamic assignment of IP Addresses. For many companies using DP/DashBoard, this will be the only issue they need to worry about. However, if the business intends to allow any remote access for its owners and/or employees from outside the internal network, then you must assign a fixed IP Address to the server’s web address so that all remote users know where to go each time they want to login. Otherwise, this could become a moving target if you allow your Internet Service Provider to dynamically and periodically assign you different IP Addresses. All systems using DP/DashBoard must have a broadband connection to the Internet to support the minimum transfer of graphics and access. This means you will need an Internet access provider providing high speed access (i.e. T-1, cable modem or DSL connection) for the DP/DashBoard system to work correctly. Do not assume that your provider is automatically providing you a fixed IP Address connection! You need to specifically request one!!! Again, this outside connection is only required if you want to make the DP/DashBoard system available to users who are accessing the system from outside the internal network. Remember, you may need to configure firewall access and should consider setting up Virtual Private Network (VPN) access to limit any other users from getting into your private network.

Page 24: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-6 Installation Chapter 2

INSTALL OR UPGRADE INFINITY POWER AND RELATED PRODUCTS If Infinity POWER is already installed on your system, including the POWERServer application and the Customer Support Management (CSM) module (P/N #275), and other licensed modules, skip to the next section, Configure the IIS Web Server. If you are running a lower version of Infinity POWER and you need to upgrade to Version 7.2, or you just need to install the POWERServer application and the CSM module, ensure that these options are selected on the Installation CD-ROM when prompted to select modules/applications for installation.

To Install or Upgrade Infinity POWER and Related Products: 1. Install Infinity POWER including the POWERServer application, CSM module, and other licensed

modules (refer to the Infinity POWER Installation Guide for installation instructions). Either version of the System Administrator module (P/N #100 or P/N #695) MUST be installed at a minimum to ensure that the Advanced Security Administrator module and the POWERServer modules are implemented. These modules are mandatory for the DP/DashBoard system to operate. The DP/DashBoard system will support the accounting software and the POWERServer module installed on an SCO UNIX/Linux system or the Windows Graphical or Character-Based system. The DP/DashBoard system does require that your internal network system be configured for the TCP/IP networking protocol. The DP/DashBoard system includes the Infinity POWER Customer Support Management (CSM) module (P/N #275) at no additional charge. This module DOES require the Accounts Receivable module (P/N #104) for full implementation. Therefore, if you intend to fully deploy the CSM features within the DP/DashBoard system that are supported by this product, you must have the Accounts Receivable module installed too. In future years, if you decide not to utilize these advanced product features, you may elect not to include this product as part of your Annual License Fee (ALF). As mentioned in the previous requirements section in Chapter 1, if you intend to utilize the various features such as the Financial Reporting capabilities (i.e. Balance Sheet, Income Statement), you must also have the General Ledger module (P/N 101) installed and configured. Or, if you want to be able to access the Accounts Payable transaction reports, agings and drilldowns, you must have the Accounts Payable module. All of these modules MUST exist in the Infinity POWER accounting system for them to appear and be accessible in the DP/DashBoard system. There is a direct correlation between the existence/setup of these products and the availability of these products within DP/DashBoard. Remember, the DP/DashBoard system has a broader management use and is not intended to replace the daily transaction processing flow of the normal accounting software. For example, the printing of checks in Accounts Payable is going to continue to be done from the Accounts Payable module (P/N 102), not the DP/DashBoard system.

2. Register installed software. During the installation process, be sure to register installed applications when prompted.

CREATE DATA FILES Data files provide the capability to allow you to process information for each company you may have accessible from the DP/DashBoard system, keeping their features separate from one another. For instance, if you have only one company, the way you deploy this product is quite simple. There is only one set of accounting files and you only have to worry about installing and configuring one version or set of DP/DashBoard files. But, what if you own five or ten different companies? There are several questions that must be asked before we can proceed.

Because, as a business owner, your different companies may in fact be completely different in that they have no overlap of staff whatsoever, with no commonality of business type and you may in fact have different business partners engaged in each one. As a result, you would need to treat each company completely different and would not want anyone from one company looking at anything in another company. One the other hand, you may be an owner of fifteen (15) auto

Page 25: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-7

dealerships with a staff of 150 people and the only difference is the type of cars you are selling from location to location. All of your staff, in essence, still works for the same “parent” company and are subject to the same rules and you would want them on the same company phone list. This is completely different than our previous example.

Likewise, our third example could include a CPA firm who would like to host a DP/DashBoard for each of its clients. Each client would have its own General Ledger, unique Company Policy Manual, tax returns, calendars and much more. Therefore, the CPA firm would need to install a separate installation of the DP/DashBoard system for each client. The result would mean that each firm would not be mixing the variety of documents and financial statements into one system. All of these scenarios are possible with Data Pro’s Infinity POWER applications and DP/DashBoard. What is necessary before you proceed with this installation is for you to decide which variation is closer to your firm’s specific needs. The Infinity POWER applications support up to 47,000 different companies. Therefore, you should not face a realistic restriction in this regard.

To Create Data Files: If you are going to process books for multiple companies, this step will be repeated for each company. This procedure is performed only once per company. Thereafter, your data files may be packed or re-indexed through each accounting module’s option “Maintain Data Files.”

NOTE The COA check box allows you the option to NOT include the default General Ledger Chart of Accounts. Uncheck the box to opt out of including the default General Ledger Chart of Accounts.

After the Infinity POWER products are installed, follow the subsequent steps using the Infinity POWER system.

1. From the Infinity POWER Main Menu screen, <click> the System>System Administrator>Start Up from Scratch menu option (Figure 2-7).

Figure 2-7. System>System Administrator>Start Up From Scratch

The Start Up From Scratch window displays (Figure 2-8).

NOTE

Page 26: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-8 Installation Chapter 2

You must have the required modules for DP/Dashboard registered in order to access the full DP/Dashboard menu options.

Figure 2-8. Start Up From Scratch Window

2. Select the desired modules or <click> the Select All button. 3. <Click> the Start button. The new data files are created. The window will reflect that the data files have

been created for the specified modules.

NOTE Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each company you wish to have accessible from the DP/DashBoard system.

4. <Click> the Close button when the process is complete.

CONFIGURE SECURITY SYSTEM OBJECTS Security Objects are assigned to DP/DashBoard options to control who has access to them. These security objects are defined in the Advanced Security administration setup in the Infinity POWER program. By assigning specific Security Object rights to a DP/DashBoard option similar to those that have been assigned to an individual or a group of users in the accounting system, you can control who has access to this DP/DashBoard option and therefore have now also taken advantage twice of the Advanced Security administrator setup already in place.

NOTE The DP/DashBoard security objects are defined in the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual.

Page 27: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-9

To Configure Security System Objects: 1. From the Infinity POWER – Productivity Tools menu options, <click> the Systems menu option and

select the System Administrator>Security Administrator sub-menu option (Figure 2-9). The Main Menu options update to reflect the Security Administrator function.

Figure 2-9. System>System Administrator>Security Administrator

IMPORTANT When installing the Infinity POWER products, Advanced security MUST be selected rather than Standard security in order the fully deploy DP/DashBoard. If Standard security was selected, the products can be reinstalled by running the installation utility Winstall for the Windows GUI or Dinstall for the Windows Character-based products. For SCO UNIX/Linux users, the installpwr must be run to select the Advanced version of security.

2. From the Infinity POWER – Security Administrator Main Menu options, <click> the Set Up & Maintenance menu option and select the Create Company Rights sub-menu option for a new installation OR the Update Company Rights sub-menu option if you are upgrading an existing installation (Figure 2-10).

NOTE This will make sure that your security system has been updated with all of the new security objects included with this new version. Make sure that you perform this function for each company that you have created on your system.

Page 28: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-10 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-10. Security Administrator Menu>SetUp and Maintenance> Create Company Rights

The Create Company Rights dialog box (Figure 2-11) or the Update Company Rights dialog box displays.

Figure 2-11. Create Company Rights Dialog Box

3. <Click> the Start button. 4. After performing this function for each company, <click> the Close button.

Page 29: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-11

To Setup Security System Groups and Users: These options define the security access to the DP/DashBoard configuration option for each group or user. Refer to the Advanced Security Administrator manual for instructions on how to setup the security system.

NOTE The DP/DashBoard security objects are defined in the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual.

1. From the Infinity POWER – Security Administrator Main Menu options, <click> the Set Up & Maintenance menu option and select the Set Up Users or Set Up Group sub-menu option (Figure 2-12).

Figure 2-12. Security Administrator Menu> Set Up and Maintenance>Set Up Users

The Maintain Users (Figure 2-13) or Maintain Groups (Figure 2-14) dialog box displays.

Page 30: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-12 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-13. Maintain Users Screen

Figure 2-14. Maintain Groups Screen

2. If you are not already in Add Mode, <click> the Operation menu and select the Add menu option. This allows you to add a new Security System user for the POWERServer module to be able to login to the Infinity POWER accounting system.

Page 31: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-13

3. Specify the User ID or Group ID and Description in the appropriate text boxes and then disable access to all options by <clicking> the Disable Perm… button. Data Pro recommends adding a user called “web” as the POWERServer user.

NOTE The User ID or Group ID defined here MUST be defined exactly the same in the POWERServer Configuration screen, Login User Name option in the Configure POWERServer Option section .

4. <Click> the Password button. The Select Password screen displays.

NOTE This user DOES NOT need to, nor should have security access to any of your accounting module options. The POWERServer uses the User ID to perform the initial login to the system and begin the communications process between the DP/DashBoard system and the accounting server. However, the DP/DashBoard system requires each additional user to have an actual User ID and Password to check for their appropriate security rights. These User IDs must be assigned rights to the specific accounting modules and application options that you wish to allow them to access.

5. To set up the DP/DashBoard system and Customer Support Management security options, select the By Option button. The Option Rights window displays (Figure 2-15).

Figure 2-15. Option Rights Window

6. In the System text box, type “db” for DP/DashBoard and press the Tab key on your keyboard. The DP/DashBoard security options display.

Page 32: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-14 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-16. Option Rights >DP/DashBoard System

7. Check the security options you wish to grant the user rights to and <click> the Save button. 8. In the System text box, type “sd” for Customer Support Management and press the Tab key on your

keyboard. The Customer Support Management security options display.

Figure 17. Options Rights>Support Management System

9. Check the security options you wish to grant the user rights to and <click> the Save button.

Page 33: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-15

CONFIGURE POWERSERVER OPTIONS After configuring the security system objects, the next step is to configure your POWERServer options.

To Configure POWERServer Options: 1. From the Infinity POWER – Security Administrator Main Menu options, <click> the System menu option

and select the System Administrator>POWERServer Module sub-menu option (Figure 2-18). The Main Menu options update to reflect the POWERServer function.

Figure 2-18. System>System Administrator>POWERServer Module

2. From the Infinity POWER – POWERServer Main Menu options, <click> the POWERServer Options menu option and select the POWERServer Configuration sub-menu option. The POWERServer Configuration window displays.

Page 34: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-16 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-19. POWERServer Configuration Window

3. Specify the login name in the Login User Name text box and password in the Login User Password text box for the POWERServer’s initial login. This is the same User ID and Password that you defined in the Security System in the previous procedure.

4. Specify the channel/port number in the IP Socket Port # text box. This is the number (or channel) that the POWERServer will be listening for connections on.

NOTE Port number MUST be between 1025 and 65000, however, there can only be one installed listening process on each port number. The default recommended number is 9500. The port number you specify here must also be specified exactly the same when installing the DP/DashBoard system or a connection cannot be made on the same channel.

SETUP POWERSERVER AS A WIN32 SERVICE ON THE SERVER One of the servers or workstations on your network must now be chosen as the POWERServer “server.” This is the server that runs the POWERServer process in the background, listening for connection requests from the DP/DashBoard and then accessing the accounting system. It is recommended that you choose the same network server that the accounting system is installed on. If you are using a “Novell server” as your accounting server, then you must choose a Windows XP, Windows 2000, or Windows 2003 workstation as the system to configure the POWERServer module.

Page 35: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-17

To Setup POWERServer: 1. From the Accounting Server, <click> the Start button and select the Run menu option from your desktop.

The Run window (Figure 2-20) displays.

Figure 2-20. Run Window

2. Type “cmd” in the Open text box. 3. <Click> the OK button. The Command Prompt window displays. 4. Change the directory to where the accounting system is installed (i.e. cd c:\power). The prompt changes to

the accounting software directory. 5. From the command prompt in the accounting software directory, type “POWERService install” and press

Enter on the keyboard. This command installs the POWERServer module as a Windows Service which automatically starts whenever your server is turned on or rebooted.

6. Type “exit” and press Enter on the keyboard to close the command prompt window.

To Begin POWERServer for the First Time: Once the POWERServer has been installed as a service, you must start the process for the first time.

1. From your Windows desktop, <right-click> on the My Computer icon and select the Manage menu option. The Computer Management window displays (Figure 2-21).

Page 36: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-18 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-21. Computer Management Window

2. From the menu on the left, <click> the Services and Applications option and then select the Services sub-option. A list of services installed on your system displays in the right window. A list of services installed on your system displays in the right window.

NOTE If the POWERServer application or your accounting data resides on a network server which require a specific path or security rights to be defined, you must change the Log On to be a valid network user and password. <Right-click> on the POWERServer service and select the Properties option. <Click> the Log On tab (Figure 2-22) and enter the network account user name and password.

Page 37: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-19

Figure 2-22. POWERServer Properties>Log On Tab

3. Scroll down to the POWERServer service, <right-click> and then select the Start menu option (Figure 2-23). The POWERServer utility starts and returns to the Computer Management window.

Figure 2-23. Computer Management Window - Launch POWERServer

Page 38: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-20 Installation Chapter 2

INSTALL DP/DASHBOARD ON IIS SERVER The DP/DashBoard system requires a Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) web server running on a Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000 Server, or Windows 2003 Server PC or network server. This IIS server must have IP network access to your accounting server, but does not require access to the Internet. You have a choice as to whether or not you want access to the DP/DashBoard from the Internet or only from within your internal network.

Before you Begin: If you do not have the DPDashSetup.exe installation utility you need to download it from the Data Pro website. Once this file is downloaded, it is located in the dpdownload directory which should be found directly off of the root of Drive C.

1. If the dpdownload directory has never been created previously from a prior Data Pro software download, please do not save the file elsewhere, but create this directory on Drive C: of your IIS PC or Server. The Save As window (Figure 2-24) displays.

2. <Click> the down arrow in the Save In scroll list and then <click> the dpdownload directory. 3. Verify that DPDashSetup.exe is the file name in the File name display box. 4. Verify that Application is selected in the Save as type display box. 5. <Click> the Save button to save the file in the selected directory.

Figure 2-24. Save As Window

NOTE Once this file is saved, you may use the Windows Explorer to go to the dpdownload directory and double click on the DPDashSetup.exe to begin the installation process. The following section will guide you through the installation process of the DP/DashBoard.

Page 39: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-21

To Install DP/DashBoard on the IIS Server: 1. Using the Windows Explorer utility, go to the dpdownload directory (Figure 2-25) and locate the

DPDashSetup.exe program.

Figure 2-25. Windows Explorer – dpdownload folder>DPDashSetup.exe

OR If you have been provided a CD-ROM, <click> the drive that the CD is loaded.

2. <Double-click> on the DPDashSetup.exe file to begin the installation. The InstallShield Wizard displays

Figure 2-26).

Figure 2-26 InstallShield Wizard

Page 40: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-22 Installation Chapter 2

When the InstallShield completes configuration, the DP/DashBoard InstallShield Wizard – Welcome Window displays (Figure 2-27).

Figure 2-27 DP/DashBoard InstallShield Wizard – Welcome Window

3. From the DP/DashBoard – InstallShield Wizard Welcome window, <click> the Next > button to proceed to the next step of the installation. The License Agreement window (Figure 2-28) displays.

Figure 2-28 License Agreement Window

Page 41: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-23

4. Make sure to read through the entire Software License Agreement. If you agree to accept the terms of the Software License Agreement, then click on the I accept… button and then click the Next > button to proceed with the next step of the installation. The Destination Folder window displays (Figure 2-29). This defines to the system where the program files will be loaded on your computer system

Figure 2-29 Destination Folder Window

5. <Click> the Next > button to install the default folder. The Ready to Install the Program window (Figure 2-30) displays.

NOTE <Click> the Change… button to select a different folder other than the default.

The default directory path is c:\inetpub\dpdash. The default web server directory in IIS is c:\inetpub\wwwroot. This default IIS directory may already have web pages installed in it or you may already have your own web pages installed there. You may choose to install in the default IIS directory or choose the DP/DashBoard installation default as shown above. In either case, you must configure the IIS web server to “know” where the DP/DashBoard files are installed.

Page 42: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-24 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-30 Ready to Install the Program Window

6. <Click> the Install button to begin installing DP/DashBoard. The Installing DP/DashBoard window displays (Figure 2-31).

Figure 2-31 Installing DP/DashBoard Window

Page 43: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-25

Once the DP/DashBoard installation utility has copied all of the files to your installation directory, the DP/DashBoard Configuration Utility window (Figure 2-32) displays. This allows you to specify the connection parameters to your accounting server and the accounting files.

Figure 2-32. DP/DashBoard Utility Window

7. Enter the Hostname (or IP address) of the server on your network which is running the POWERServer

process in the POWERServer Hostname text box. 8. Enter the IP port number that the POWERServer module has been configured to “listen on” in the

POWERServer Port Number text box. This must be the same exact port that POWERServer is running on. The recommended port/channel is 9500. The valid range is 1034 to 65000.

NOTE Entering a negative sign “-” before the POWERServer Port Number will encrypt all communication messages to the POWERServer. This security mode is necessary when you are using a third party Internet Service Provider which is hosting your web site and the communication back to your accounting system is over the internet.

The communication between the DP/DashBoard system and the POWERServer using the TCP/IP port number defined here is normally in clear text message mode. This is normally not a security issue if the DP/DashBoard and the POWERServer are all running on servers within your internal network. If you are hosting the DP/DashBoard product on an IIS web server which is outside your internal network then the TCP/IP communication messages will most likely be sent over the internet. In this case you should configure the TCP/IP communication system to use secured mode. Placing a negative sign (-) in front of the Port Number indicates to the system that all messages to and from the POWERServer should be encrypted. For example, instead of defining the Port Number to be "9500" set the port number to "-9500". The TCP/IP communication will still use port 9500 but all messages to and from the POWERServer will be encrypted. There are no POWERServer configuration changes necessary to switch modes. The POWERServer will automatically switch between secured and non-secured modes based on the configuration of DP/DashBoard.

9. Enter the default company that DP/DashBoard will be connected to in the Default Company ID text box. This is the three (3) character company number which is the identifier for all of a company’s accounting data files (i.e. Company INS = Infinity Sample Company). The DP/DashBoard can be

Page 44: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-26 Installation Chapter 2

configured later to access multiple companies, but this specifies the “default” company each user will be accessing the first time they log in to the system.

10. Enter the appropriate server name in the SMTP Server Hostname text box. Enter the domain name or IP address of your SMTP mail server. If this hostname is defined, the DP/DashBoard application will send a notification email to all of the calendar event attendees when an event is added or rescheduled. A summary email will also be sent to the customer and/or vendor if they are referenced on the event. This customer and/or vendor email will not contain the comments, attendees, and resources of the event.

11. Enter the desired SMTP authorization name in the SMTP Auth Username text box. If the SMTP mail server defined above requires username/password authentication enter the username here. This will automatically switch the email routines to the ESMTP protocol and pass the username/password login information to the SMTP mail server.

12. Enter the desired SMTP authorization password in the SMTP Auth Password text box. the SMTP mail server defined above requires username/password authentication enter the password here.

13. <Click> the Update button to finish the installation process. The InstallShield Wizard Complete window displays (Figure 2-33).

Figure 2-33. InstallShield Wizard Complete Window

14. <Click>the Finish > button to complete the installation of DP/DashBoard.

CONFIGURE THE IIS WEB SERVER The Microsoft Information Server (IIS) must be configured to “know” where DP/DashBoard has been installed. This procedure documents both Windows XP and Windows 2003 screens. If you are running Windows 2000, these steps may differ slightly. After configuring the IIS web server, you must start the web server.

To Configure the IIS Web Server: 1. From your Windows desktop, <right-click> on the My Computer icon and select the Manage menu

option. The Computer Management window displays (Figure 2-34).

Page 45: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-27

Figure 2-34. Computer Management Window – Configure Web Server Function

2. In the left screen menu, <click> the Services and Applications option and then select the Internet Information Services sub-option. A list of internet applications installed on your system displays in the right window (Figure 2-35)

Figure 2-35. Internet Information Service>Web Sites Folder>Default Web Site

Windows XP

Windows 2003

Page 46: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-28 Installation Chapter 2

3a. If you are running Windows XP, scroll down and <double-click> the Web Sites folder, then <right-click> on Default Web Site and select the Properties option. The Default Web Sites Property window displays (Figure 2-36– left image).

3b. If you are running Windows 2003, scroll down and <double-click> the Web Sites folder, then <right-click> on DP/DashBoard and select the Properties option. The DP/DashBoard Properties window displays. (Figure 2-36– right image).

Figure 2-36. Default Web Site Properties Window

4. From the Properties window, specify all of the setup parameters of this web site. <Click> the Home Directory tab and <click> the Browse button to specify the directory the DP/DashBoard system was installed in. The default directory is c:\inetpub\dpdash (Figure 2-37).

Figure 2-37. Default Web Site Properties>Home Directory Tab

Windows 2003

Windows XP

Windows 2003Windows

XP

Page 47: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-29

5. Ensure the Read and Write check boxes are checked. 6. In the Home Directory screen select the Configuration... button. The Application Configuration window

displays. 7. <Click> the Options tab if you want to change the Session timeout to a longer period than the default

(Figure 2-38). This value specifies the number of minutes that the web server will keep users “logged in” to the web site when they are inactive. The recommended timeout value is 120 minutes.

Figure 2-38. Home Directory>Application Configuration Window>Session Timeout Function

8. Ensure the Enable parent paths check box IS checked. In Windows XP, this is checked by default. In Windows 2003, this is NOT checked by default.

9. If desired, change the ASP script timeout to a longer period than the default. This value specifies the number of seconds the web server will allow a page to process data before it times out (e.g. file timeout or report processing timeout). The recommended timeout value is 90 seconds.

10. <Click> the OK button to save the configuration changes to the IIS web server. The Application Configuration window closes and returns to the Properties window.

11. <Click> the Web Site tab and ensure that the TCP Port is set to “80”. 12. <Click> the Documents tab and ensure that the Enable default document check box is checked. If

Default.asp is not one of the options listed in the display window, <click> the Add button and type “Default.asp” to add this to the list. <Click> the OK button and confirm Default.asp is listed in the display window (Figure 2-39).

Page 48: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-30 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-39. Properties>Documents

To Allow Active Server Pages (Windows 2003 Only): If you are running Windows 2003, the Active Server Pages option MUST be set to Allow the web server to process active server pages.

1. From the Computer Management screen (Figure 2-34), under Services and Applications>Internet Information Services, <click > on Web Services Extension. The contents of the folder display in the right window.

2. <Click> the Active Server Pages option. A pop-up menu displays. 3. <Click> The Allow option. The status of the Active Server Pages now displays Allowed (Figure 2-40).

Page 49: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-31

Figure 2-40. Active Server Pages>Allow Option

To Start the IIS Web Server Process: The IIS web server process must be initiated.

1. From the Computer Management screen (Figure 2-34), <right-click> on Default Web Site and select the Start menu option.

Figure 2-41. Default Web Site>Start

Page 50: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-32 Installation Chapter 2

To Give Full Control Security Rights to IIS Server: To ensure that the IIS web server has the necessary operating system rights to upload files in the DP/DashBoard document management option, a local user needs to be added with Full Control security rights. After starting the IIS web server, perform the following steps.

1. From the Windows main menu, <right-click> the Start button and select the Explore menu option. 2. From the left-side panel in the Windows Explorer screen, <right-click> the installation directory

C:\inetpub\dpdash and select the Properties menu option. The dpdashboard Properties window displays.

Figure 2-42. dpdash Properties Window – Security Tab

3. <Click> on the Security tab, and <click> the Add button. The Select Windows, Users, or Groups window displays.

Page 51: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-33

Figure 2-43. Select Users, Computers, or Groups Window

4. <Click> the Locations… button. The Locations window displays.

Figure 2-44. Locations Window

5. Select your local machine name and <click> the OK button. The Locations window closes and returns to the Select Windows, Users, or Groups window.

6. <Click> the Advanced… button. Additonal options display.

Page 52: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-34 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-45. Select Users or Groups>Advanced Options

7. <Click> the Find Now button and select the IUSR_mymachinename user.

Page 53: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-35

Figure 2-46. Select Users or Groups Window – Find Now Option

8. <Click> the OK button. The advanced options close and the selected machine name displays in the Enter Object Names to Select section of the window.

9. <Click> the OK button. The Select, Window, Users, or Groups window closes and retuns to the dpdashboard Properties Window.

10. <Click> the Allow check box for the Full Control option in the Permissions section of the dpdashboard Properties window. Verify a check mark displays in the check box.

Page 54: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-36 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-47. dpdash Properties – Allow Full Control Option

11. <Click> the OK button.

LAUNCH BROWSER AND ENTER URL OF DP/DASHBOARD SERVER At this point, you are ready to configure DP/DashBoard and begin using it. Like the rest of the Infinity POWER accounting software product line, the DP/DashBoard system is controlled by the Advanced Security Administrator module. Users throughout the system only see what management decides that they should see, if anything at all. However, when you are in the setup phase, it is recommended that you login as the SYSADM user to ensure you have the security access necessary to completely configure the DP/DashBoard program.

It is also recommended that once the setup phase is complete, that you resort to another USER ID for day to day operation of the system. You may require full rights for some users such as owners and upper level managers to allow them complete access to all DP/DashBoard options.

Page 55: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-37

To Start DP/DashBoard: 1. Launch a current version of the Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator browser and enter the domain

name (i.e. http://dpdashboard.dpro.com) or the IP Address (i.e. 80.153.123.85) of the web server machine that you have setup. This should load the initial login screen (Figure 2-48) of the DP/DashBoard system.

Figure 2-48. DP/DashBoard Initial Login Screen

2. Enter the user ID in the Login text box and the user password in the Password text box. 3. <Click> the Login button. The DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 2-49) displays.

Page 56: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 2-38 Installation Chapter 2

Figure 2-49. DP/DashBoard Menu System Screen

Now you can begin to drive your entire company’s operations on a daily basis from your new Intranet system. It is time to configure DP/DashBoard. See the DP/DashBoard Admin > DP/DashBoard Configuration Options section of Chapter 3, for details on how to completely configure the DP/DashBoard system.

NOTE If your DP/DashBoard system does not successfully launch after completing all the installation and configuration procedures, refer to Chapter 3, DP/DashBoard Troubleshooting Guide section for solutions to common problems. The Troubleshooting Guide section will be frequently updated.

Congratulations!!!

Page 57: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 2 Installation Page 2-39

This page intentionally left blank.

Page 58: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Using DP/DashBoard Page 3-1

CHAPTER 3 USING DP/DASHBOARD This chapter describes the steps necessary to configure your DP/DashBoard and how to use its incredible features. The DP/DashBoard Menu System Screen (Figure 3-1) is divided into sections based on functionality.

Figure 3-1. DP/DashBoard Menu System Screen

Page 59: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 3-2 Using DP/DashBoard Chapter 3

The following table describes the breakdown of this chapter, and where you can find specific information.

Section in Chapter What You Will Find Calendar & Tasks Overview and detailed procedures on how to use all the features in the

Event Calendar and Project Management functions.

DP/DashBoard Admin Overview and detailed procedures on how to configure your entire DP/DashBoard program. Functions include configuring all details of the event calendar/tasks, documentation management, maps and directions to your company, and color settings.

Reports & Drilldowns Overview and detailed procedures on how to use all the features for running reports and performing drilldowns. Categories include: Perform General Ledger Company Consolidation, Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Financial Statement Drilldown, Bank Account Balances, Accounts Payable Aging and Drilldown, Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown, Accounts Receivable Aging and Drilldown, Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown.

Customer Support Overview and detailed procedures on all customer support functions. Functions include: Review/Add Tickers, Review/Add Customer Support Tickets, Search for Customer Support Ticket By Number, Change Customer Profile.

Sales & Purchasing Overview and detailed procedures on sales and purchasing functions. Functions include: Add a Sales Order, Review an Existing Sales Order, View an Existing Purchase Order, Inventory Item Inquiry.

Maps & Lists This portion of the main menu options is user-defined, but comes standard with the following options: Maps & Directions and Internal Phone List. This is where you could put your company map so that it is accessible for your employees to print, email, or fax it to clients that wish to visit your facility. The internal phone list is self-generating as new users are added in the configuration options.

Documentation This section of the main menu is user defined, but comes standard with the following options: Marketing Documents, Corporate Documents, Support Documents, Sales Documents, Technical Documents. This is where you could display documents/links related to these topics for your employees to access.

Tips & Tricks This section of the main menu is user defined, but comes standard with Ray Sheds Light. This is where you could display document/links that are related to technical support issues, new product features, etc.

Page 60: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Using DP/DashBoard Page 3-3

GENERAL FUNCTIONS This section describes features of the DP/DashBoard interface that are consistent throughout the program screens.

Change Active Company You can change the "active company" from any screen within the DP/DashBoard program. The following screen (Figure 3-2) illustrates this function.

Figure 3-2. Change Active Company Function

To Change the Active Company: 1. At the top of any DP/DashBoard screen, <click> on the Company ID in the main title bar. The Change

Active Company screen (Figure 3-3) displays.

Figure 3-3. Change Active Company Screen

Page 61: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 3-4 Using DP/DashBoard Chapter 3

2. Select the desired company from the Company Name column. A message displays confirming the active company has been changed to the one selected.

3. Click the Return to Menu option. The Change Active Company Screen closes and returns to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Change System Date You can change the "system date" that reflects your accounting date from any screen within the DP/DashBoard program. The following screen (Figure 3-4) illustrates this function.

Figure 3-4. Change System Date Function

To Change the System Date: 1. At the top of any DP/DashBoard screen, <click> on the Company Date in the main title bar. The Change

Accounting Date screen (Figure 3-5) displays.

Page 62: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Using DP/DashBoard Page 3-5

Figure 3-5. Change Accounting Date Screen

2. <Click> the calendar icon next to the date display box to select the desired system date. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month/year prior to the current date, or <click> >> to change the month/year after the current date. The calendar closes and the selected event date displays.

3. <Click> the Change Date button. The Change Accounting Date screen closes and returns to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, reflecting the new date at the top of the screen.

OR 4. <Click> the Change to Today’s Date button to change the system date to the current date. The Change

Accounting Date screen closes and returns to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, reflecting the current date at the top of the screen.

Pop-Up Menu You can access a pop-up menu from any screen within the DP/DashBoard program. The pop-up menu provides quick access to all the features of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen including Reports & Drilldowns, Customer Support, Custom Applications, Calendar, Admin, Tips & Tricks, Maps & Lists, and Documentation.

The following screen (Figure 3-6) illustrates this function.

Page 63: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 3-6 Using DP/DashBoard Chapter 3

Figure 3-6. Access Pop-Up Menu Function - Example

To Access the Pop-Up Menu: 1. At the top right of any DP/DashBoard screen, <click> on the Company Logo in the title bar. The Pop-

Up Menu displays.

Figure 3-7. Pop-Up Menu

Page 64: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 7

DP/DASHBOARD ADMIN. The DP/DashBoard Admin. section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen consists of the DP/DashBoard Config. and Color Styles Setup options. Users MUST have administration rights to access these menu options.

Keep in mind that most options may be removed through Advanced Security limitations which are turned on and off through the Advanced Security Administrator module. If you wish to specifically tune these features at this time, go to the Infinity POWER System Administrator module and check the documentation on how to control user and group rights to specific options.

Otherwise, this section and the following sections are designed to explain your ability to configure the DP/DashBoard system with all of its variations and possibilities. Remember, that unless you have the specific Infinity POWER accounting modules installed detailed earlier in the requirements section of this manual, some of the accounting options seen here will not appear on your system. You must have all of the corresponding accounting applications installed and running on your system for them to properly integrate with the DP/DashBoard product. This includes accounting modules such as General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Check Reconciliation and Accounts Receivable.

NOTE Keep in mind if you decide not to deploy all of these features, they will not automatically appear without their proper installation in the accounting system too.

The system can be configured to meet your company’s specific needs. This includes setting up a wide range of pieces of information including Departments, Users, Calendar Resources, Company Addresses and Phone Numbers, Corporate Logos, documents, and much more.

The following screen (Figure 3-8) illustrates the section in the upper left hand corner of the screen where these options are displayed.

Figure 3-8. DP/DashBoard Admin Section

Page 65: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 8 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

DP/DashBoard Config Options The DP/DashBoard Config Options section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen provides the capability to setup global configurations, departments, new users, corporate resources, company documents, and other customizable options. This section assumes that you have logged into the DP/DashBoard program with complete rights and intend to view all options.

To Access the Configuration Options Screen: 1. On the left side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the DP/DashBoard Config option

from the DP/DashBoard Admin. section. The DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9) displays.

Figure 3-9. DP/DashBoard Administration Menu Screen

Global Configuration Options This configuration option allows you to setup global options for the calendar and project/task functions that are viewed from the Calendar & Tasks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

The Global Configuration options section deals with the configuration and design of the Event Calendar and Project/Task Manager programs which are included as standard features within the DP/DashBoard system. These are very powerful tools that are designed to allow for company wide use. This includes a single calendaring tool for a single office or even multiple offices as well as a Project Task Management system designed to allow you to keep track of a variety of things to be done, both personally and professionally.

Page 66: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 9

The Calendar Configuration defines the Category pull-down menus accessed in the Calendar screen and from the Add New Event screen. The Project/Task Configuration defines the pull-down menu accessed in the Add New Event or Change Event screens.

The following screen (Figure 3-10) illustrates the section in the left right hand corner of the screen where these options are displayed.

Figure 3-10. DP/DashBoard Admin>DP/DashBoard Config

To Setup/Modify Global Configuration Options:

1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9), select the Global Configuration Options menu option. The Calendar/Project Global Configuration screen (Figure 3-11) displays.

Page 67: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 10 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-11. Calendar/Project Global Configuration Screen

The following table describes the Calendar/Project Global Configuration screen details:

Next Event Number Text box that defines the next event number. Automatically increments to the next consecutive number. When performing the configuration for the first time, the event number begins with 1.

Category Tex box that defines the listed items in the Category pull-down menu in the Calendar and the Add/Change Event screens.

Next Task Number Text box that defines the next task number. Automatically increments to the next consecutive number. When performing the configuration for the first time, the task number begins with 1.

Task Status Tex box that defines the listed items in the Task Status pull-down menu in the Add/Change Event screens.

Color Selection Radio Button

Click the color selection radio button next to the associated event to assign an event color. (ex: Select blue for Vacation). These event colors display in the Event Calendar when you select the Category pull-down menu when scheduling an event. Scheduled events display in the assigned category color so that events are easy to recognize.

(Remove Color) Click the red “x” to remove the color selection and return to the default of “no color”.

2. Enter a new category in the next available Category text box, or type over an existing category definition to modify one.

Page 68: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 11

3. If you want to assign an event color to associate to the category, click the radio button next to the desired Category and select the desired color from the Color Palette (Figure 3-12). The default is no color.

Figure 3-12. Select Event Color

Color Selection Radio Button

Click the color selection radio button next to the associated event to assign an event color. (ex: Select blue for Vacation). These event colors display in the Event Calendar when you select the Category pull-down menu when scheduling an event. Scheduled events display in the assigned category color so that events are easy to recognize.

(Remove Color) Click the red “x” to remove the color selection and return to the default of “no color”.

Page 69: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 12 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-13. Example Color Event – Vacation Category

4. Enter a new task in the next available Task Status text box, or type over an existing task status definition

to modify one. 5. <Click> the Save button. A message displays confirming the configuration record has been updated. The

window closes and returns to the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen.

Setup/Configure Departments This set of options allows the setup and configuration of Departments, which are throughout the DP/DashBoard program. For instance, departments are used specifically as new users are added into the system and their associated departments are assigned, which automatically updates the corporate phone list with this information. The departments defined also display in the pull-down menus of the Event Calendar and Project Task Menu screens to select a specified department for those functions. Departments can be added, modified, and deleted.

To Access the Setup/Configure Departments Screen: 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9), select the Setup/Configure

Departments menu option. The Setup/Configure Departments screen (Figure 3-14) displays.

Vacation category displays the assigned event color in the Category pull-down list and on scheduled calendar events associated with that category.

Page 70: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 13

Figure 3-14. Setup/Configure Departments Screen

The following table describes the Setup/Configure Departments screen details:

Department ID Maximum of 11alpha/numeric characters. Abbreviation of the department (e.g. PubRel for Public Relations).

Department Description Maximum of 28 alpha/numeric characters. Full name of the department (e.g. Marketing).

Manager Name of user (with manager permissions) assigned to the department. Select to Delete Selecting a component in this column deletes the associated department

from the DP/DashBoard system database.

To Add a Department: This option allows you to add a new department to the database. This is immediately reflected throughout the DP/DashBoard system.

1. From the Setup/Configure Departments screen (Figure 3-14), <click> the Add New Department option. The Add New Department screen (Figure 3-15) displays.

Page 71: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 14 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-15. Add New Department Screen

2. Enter the desired department identification in the Department ID text box. This is a maximum of eleven (11) alpha/numeric characters.

3. Enter a description of the department in the Description text box. This is a maximum of twenty-eight (28) alpha/numeric characters.

4. Select the appropriate user to assign management responsibilities for the department from the Manager pull-down menu.

5. <Click> the Save button. A message displays confirming the database records have been updated. The window closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Departments screen (Figure 3-14) where the new department is now listed.

Page 72: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 15

To Modify a Department: This option allows you to change information associated with an existing department (e.g. change the name of the department or assign a new manager).

Figure 3-16. Setup/Configure Departments Screen – Modify Function

1. From the Setup/Configure Departments screen,<click> the department in the Department ID column to be modified (Figure 3-16). The Changing Department screen (Figure 3-17) displays, reflecting the name of the department selected.

Page 73: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 16 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-17. Changing Department Screen

2. Make desired changes to the department description in the Description text box. 3. To assign a different manager to the department, select another user from the Manager pull-down menu. 4. <Click> the Change button. A message displays confirming the database record has been updated. The

window closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Departments (Figure 3-14) screen where the changes are now listed.

Page 74: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 17

To Delete a Department: This option allows you to delete an existing department from the DP/DashBoard database. Once a department is deleted it is not longer available throughout the system where departments are applicable.

Figure 3-18. Setup/Configure Departments Screen – Delete Function

1. From the Setup/Configure Departments screen, <click> Delete from the Select to Delete column for the desired department to be deleted (Figure 3-18). A dialog box displays requesting confirmation to delete the selected department.

2. <Click> the OK button in the dialog box to complete the delete function. The dialog box closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Departments screen where the department is now deleted.

Setup/Configure Users This option is essential in configuring new users in the system. Adding users automatically includes their information in the Company Phone List. It also provides them rights to use the Event Calendar and Project Management System.

NOTE If the Customer Support Management system is deployed, it also needs to be configured to synchronize with the salesman file in the Accounts Receivable system so that accurate billing credits are reported between the two systems.

Page 75: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 18 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

To Access the Setup/Configure Users Screen: 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9), select the Setup/Configure Users

menu option. The Setup/Configure Users screen (Figure 3-19) displays.

Figure 3-19. Setup/Configure Users Screen

The following table describes the Setup/Configure Users screen details:

User ID Maximum of 11 alpha/numeric characters. Abbreviation of the user’s name for login and identification purposes.

User Information Detailed information about the user such as name/position, contact, and location information.

Delete? Selecting a component in this column deletes the associated user from the DP/DashBoard system database.

Page 76: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 19

To Add a New User: This option allows you to add a new user to the DP/DashBoard system database.

1. From the Setup/Configure Users screen (Figure 3-19), <click> the Add New User option. The Add New User screen displays (Figure 3-20).

Figure 3-20. Add New User Screen

The following table describes the Add New User screen details:

User ID Maximum of 11 alpha/numeric characters. Abbreviation of the user’s name for login and identification purposes.

User Name Detailed information about the user such as name/position, contact, and location information.

Department Pull-down menu. Select the department the user is associated with. Position Maximum of 20 alpha/numeric characters. Describes the employee’s

position or title within the company. Phone Maximum of 20 alpha/numeric characters. Allows for the entry of the

contact phone number for the employee. This can include a "country code" if outside the country. It is recommended that a standardized format be established within your company (e.g. use of hyphens versus parenthesis) for entering phone numbers.

Page 77: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 20 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Extension Maximum of 11 alpha/numeric characters. The extension is separate so that each user’s private phone number can be stored separately.

Cell Phone Maximum of 20 alpha/numeric characters. Optional field providing cell phone number of the employee.

E-mail E-mail address of the employee. This is important to setup for all users so that when using the calendar function, a user can automatically be emailed a notification if scheduled to attend a meeting. This function is not possible without an e-mail address.

AR Salesman ID If using the Customer Support Management feature in DP/DashBoard, the Accounts Receivable (AR) module needs to be installed and AR Salespeople need to be added to the AR system. This means you intend to allow them to bill for Support Tickets and other items in the system. This field creates a link between the User ID and the AR Salesman file so that if transactions occur, there is relationship pre-established for billing purposes.

NOTE: A single Salesman called "House" or "Do not Use" should be setup for users that have no link to billing. If the Salesman has not been setup, you can select "House" for the time being, save the User ID and go the AR module and add the new Salesman number. Return to this option to change the AR Salesman ID to coordinate with the new Salesman number.

2. Enter the new user identification in the User ID text box. 3. Enter the name of the user if the User Name text box. 4. Select the department the user is associated with from the Department pull-down menu. 5. Enter the position or title of the user in the Position text box. 6. Enter the location of the user in the Location text box. 7. Enter the user’s contact information in the Phone, Extension, Cell-Phone, and E-mail text boxes. 8. If the user will be using the Customer Support Management feature, select the AR Salesman ID from the

AR Salesman ID pull-down menu. 9. <Click> the Save button. A message displays confirming the database records have been updated, closes,

and returns to the Setup/Configure Users screen (Figure 3-19) where the new user is now listed.

Page 78: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 21

To Modify a User: This option allows you to modify information for an existing user in the DP/DashBoard system database.

Figure 3-21. Setup/Configure Users Screen – Modify Function

1. From the Setup/Configure Users screen (Figure 3-19), <click> the user in the User ID column (Figure 3-21) to be modified. The Changing User screen displays (Figure 3-22).

Page 79: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 22 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-22. Changing User Screen

2. Make any desired changes in the appropriate text boxes and pull-down menus. 3. <Click> the Change button. A message displays confirming the database record has been updated. The

window closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Users (Figure 3-19) screen where the changes are now listed.

To Delete a User: This option allows you to remove a user from the DP/DashBoard system database. Once a user is deleted from the system, they will no longer have access to the Calendar, Project Management, or other functions associated with users within the program. The Company Phone List automatically removes a user from the list if they are deleted from the database.

Page 80: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 23

Figure 3-23. Setup/Configure Users Screen – Delete Function

1. From the Setup/Configure Users screen, < click> Delete from the Delete column (Figure 3-23) for the desired user to be deleted. A dialog box displays requesting confirmation to delete the selected user.

2. <Click> the OK button in the dialog box to complete the delete function. The dialog box closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Users screen (Figure 3-19) where the user is now deleted.

Setup/Configure Resources This option is designed to create and manage "resources" that will be used throughout the Event Calendar system. These resources are limited only to your imagination since every organization is different. However, there are common items that could be found in many companies.

Resources such as conference rooms, projectors, screens, notebook computers, are commonly shared by various individuals within an organization. Therefore, this option provides for the ability to set these items up as a "resource" so that they may be tracked and scheduled, much like individuals, to compare for any possible conflicts within the Event Calendar system. It is not unlikely for an organization to want to book multiple meetings at the same time and not have enough meeting facilities to accommodate all requirements. This is a major function the Event Calendar utility can assist any organization in coordinating.

To Access the Setup/Configure Resources Screen: 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9), select the Setup/Configure

Resources menu option. The Setup/Configure Resources screen (Figure 3-24) displays.

Page 81: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 24 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-24. Setup/Configure Resources Screen

The following table describes the Setup/Configure Resources screen details:

Resource ID Maximum of 11alpha/numeric characters. Abbreviation of the resource (e.g. Proj1 for Projector 1).

Resource Description Maximum of 28 alpha/numeric characters. Name of the resource. Manager Name of user (with manager permissions) assigned to keep track of the

resource. Select to Delete Selecting a component in this column deletes the associated resource from

the DP/DashBoard system database.

To Add a Resource: This option allows you to add resources to the DP/DashBoard system database. Resources added are available in the Events Calendar function when scheduling meetings, etc.

1. From the Setup/Configure Resources screen (Figure 3-24), <click> the Add New Resource option. The Add New Resource screen displays (Figure 3-25).

Page 82: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 25

Figure 3-25. Add New Resource Screen

The following table describes the Add New Resource screen details:

Resource ID Maximum of 11alpha/numeric characters. Abbreviation of the resource (e.g. Proj1 for Projector 1).

Description Maximum of 28 alpha/numeric characters. Name of the resource. Manager Name of user (with manager permissions) assigned to keep track of the

resource. 2. Enter the new resource identification in the Resource ID text box. 3. Enter a description of the resource in the Description text box. 4. <Click> the Save button. A message displays confirming the database record has been updated. The

window closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Resources screen (Figure 3-24) where the new resource is now listed.

Page 83: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 26 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

To Modify a Resource: This option allows you to make changes to an existing resource.

Figure 3-26. Setup/Configure Resources Screen – Modify Function

1. From the Setup/Configure Resources screen, <click> the user in the User ID column (Figure 3-26) to be modified. The Changing Resource screen displays (Figure 3-27).

Page 84: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 27

Figure 3-27. Changing Resource Screen

2. Make desired changes to the resource identification in the Resource ID text box. 3. Make desired changes to the resource identification in the Description text box. 4. <Click> the Change button. A message displays confirming the database record has been updated. The

window closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Resources screen (Figure 3-24) where the changes are now listed.

To Delete a Resource: This option allows you to remove a resource from the DP/DashBoard system database. Once a resource is deleted from the system, it is no longer available in the Calendar, Project Management, or other functions associated with resources within the program.

Page 85: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 28 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-28. Setup/Configure Resources Screen – Delete Function

1. From the Setup/Configure Resources screen, <click> Delete from the Select to Delete column (Figure 3-28) for the desired resource to be deleted. A dialog box displays requesting confirmation to delete the selected resource.

2. <Click> the OK button in the dialog box to complete the delete function. The dialog box closes and returns to the Setup/Configure Resources screen (Figure 3-24) where the resource is now deleted.

Setup Maps & Directions The Setup Maps & Directions option is designed to allow you to add, remove, and view a variety of maps and lists that are displayed in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

The following screen illustrates the section in the upper right-hand corner of the screen where these options are found once items have been added.

Page 86: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 29

Figure 3-29. Maps & Lists Section>Maps & Directions

To Access the Setup Maps & Directions Screen: 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9), select the Setup Maps &

Directions menu option. The Setup Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-30) displays.

Figure 3-30. Setup Maps & Directions Screen

Page 87: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 30 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

As documents are added, they are displayed in a consecutively numbered list including the following document details:

Line Line number. System generated and automatically increments to the next highest number as documents /links are added. You can <click> on a bullet and drag/drop within the column to rearrange the order items appear in the list.

Document Description

Hyperlink. Description of document/link that you enter when you select the Add New Document or Add New Link option. Clicking on an item in this column will open the Changing Maps & Lists Document/Link window for the line item you selected. This window allows you to modify the description, source file, and security information for that document. This description also displays in the Maps & Directions screen in the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (see the To Modify a Document/Heading/Link section).

File Name/Link Name of file/link of new document. System generated based on the document file selected or path to the link provided when you select the Add New Document or Add New Link option in the Setup Maps & Directions screen.

Last Update Date of most recent update to the file/link added. This column is automatically updated as files/links are revised.

Remove? Hyperlink. Allows you to delete a document from the Maps & Directions screen on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (see the To Remove a Document/Heading/Link section).

View Hyperlink. Opens the selected document for viewing while in Setup Mode (i.e. Preview). Headings added to the list of documents in the Setup Maps & Directions screen are labeled as such in the View Column.

Security Object System generated. Displays the security permissions allocated to that particular document that were set up when the Add New Document or Add New Link option was selected. If security permissions are modified, this column will be automatically updated. See the Security Objects Definitions section of your System Administrator User Manual for a listing of security objects and their definitions.

To Replace the Maps & Directions Main Menu Image Icon: This option allows you to replace the existing image icon for this document category that is displayed in the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to select a new image icon.

NOTE Remember, you may need to work with your graphics program to correctly size the icon image to fit correctly on the DP/DashBoard screen.

Page 88: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 31

Figure 3-31. Maps & Directions Image Icon

1. From the Setup Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-30), <click> the Replace Main Menu Image above option to select a new image icon. The Uploading the Image File in the Maps Category screen (Figure 3-32) displays.

Figure 3-32. Uploading the Image File in the Maps Category Screen

Page 89: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 32 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

2. To select a different image, <enter> the path and file name of the desired image in the Upload your own image text box or <click> the Browse button to select a path from your network. The Choose File window displays.

3. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu. 4. Select the desired image or type in the exact filename of the image in the File name text box.

NOTE Images must be in .jpg or .gif format, and not exceed 30 pixels in width.

5. <Click> the Open button. The Choose File window closes and the selected path and file name are now displayed in the Upload your own image text box.

6. <Click> the Upload Maps Image button. The Uploading File screen displays. 7. <Click> the Return to Main Menu option. The Upload Image Screen closes. The new image is updated

in the Setup Maps & Directions screen and in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Replace the Maps & Directions Main Menu Title: This option allows you to rename the Main Menu title as it appears in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-29). Perform the following steps to rename the main menu title.

NOTE Changing the main menu title will automatically update every screen/menu option that this name reflects.

1. From the Setup Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-30), <click> the Replace Main Menu Title Above option to change the title as it displays in the Maps & Lists section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. The Changing Maps & Directions Main Menu Title screen (Figure 3-33) displays.

Page 90: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 33

Figure 3-33. Changing Maps & Directions Main Menu Title Screen

2. Highlight the existing title in the Main Menu Title text box and <enter> the desired new title. 3. <Click> the Save Changes button. The new title now displays on the Setup Maps & Directions screen

and also in the Maps & Lists section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add a New Maps & Directions Document: This option allows you to add a new document in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to add a new document.

1. From the Setup Maps & Direction screen (Figure 3-30), <click> the Add New Document option. The Adding New Maps Documents Document screen (Figure 3-34) displays.

Page 91: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 34 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-34. Adding New Maps Documents Document Screen

2. <Enter> a description of the document in the Description text box. 3. In the Source File section, <click> the Browse button. The Choose file window displays.

4. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu from the Choose file window. 5. Select the desired file or type in the exact filename of the document in the File name text box.

NOTE The file types available to be uploaded are .txt, .jpg, .gif, .html, .doc, .pdf, .xls, .csv, .ppt, .pps, .swf and .rpt. Files cannot exceed 4 mb for upload.

6. <Enter> the abbreviation for the Infinity POWER accounting module whose rights you want to emulate for this document in the Security System Module text box, if you want to limit who has rights to view this document (i.e. This could be AR for Accounts Receivable or SO for Sales Order Entry users, etc.). If you want everyone to have access to this document, then leave this option blank. See the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual for a listing of security objects by module and their definitions.

NOTE If certain documents are sensitive like certain accounting functions, then grant similar security rights from the accounting system’s Advanced Security Administrator module. If only people who have rights to G/L should see this document, then assign a GL security object. If A/R users should only have access to the file, then assign an AR security object. These rights can be granted down to a specific menu option level, which is essentially the function of security objects.

Page 92: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 35

Therefore, if you choose G/L, choose an option all GL users have rights to or pick an option that only a couple of users have access to, depending on your objectives (i.e. Print Chart of Accounts (GL0209) would be a security object most GL users would have access to. Print Balance Sheet (GL0202) is a security object most GL users would not have access to.).

7. <Enter> the specific security code (i.e. GL0202) in the Security System Object text box.

NOTE The Security System Module and Security System Object categories must be entered exactly as they are defined in all Infinity POWER programs. The Advanced Security Administrator module lists out all security objects by module. See the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual for a listing of security objects by module and their definitions.

8. <Click> the Add Document button. The Adding New Maps Documents Document screen closes and the new document now displays in the Setup Maps & Directions screen and also in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add a New Maps & Directions Heading: This option allows you to add a new heading in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. This is really useful if you want to categorize documents within a group. Perform the following steps to add a new heading.

1. From the Setup Maps & Direction screen (Figure 3-30), <click> the Add New Heading option. The Adding New Maps Heading screen (Figure 3-35) displays.

Page 93: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 36 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-35. Adding New Maps Heading Screen

2. <Enter> the New Heading in the Description text box. 3. <Enter> the abbreviation for the Infinity POWER accounting module whose rights you want to emulate

for this document in the Security System Module text box, if you want to limit who has rights to view this document (i.e. This could be AR for Accounts Receivable or SO for Sales Order Entry users, etc.). If you want everyone to have access to this document, then leave this option blank. See Step 6, NOTE, in the To Add a New Maps & Directions Document section for further explanation.

4. <Enter> the specific security code (i.e. GL0202) in the Security System Object text box.

NOTE The Security System Module and Security System Object categories must be entered exactly as they are defined in all Infinity POWER programs. The Advanced Security Administrator module lists out all security objects by module. See the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual for a listing of security objects by module and their definitions.

5. <Click> the Add Heading button. A message displays confirming the document index has been updated. 6. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The Adding New Maps Heading screen closes and the new heading

now displays as a list item in the Setup Maps & Directions screen as well as in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Page 94: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 37

To Add a New Maps & Directions Link: This option allows you to add a new link to a website in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to add a new link.

1. From the Setup Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-30), <click> the Add New Link option. The Adding New Maps Link screen (Figure 3-36) displays.

Figure 3-36. Adding New Maps Link Screen

2. <Enter> a description of the document in the Description text box. 3. <Enter> the path to the desired website in the Link Address text box. 4. <Enter> the abbreviation for the Infinity POWER accounting module whose rights you want to emulate

for this document in the Security System Module text box, if you want to limit who has rights to view this document (i.e. This could be AR for Accounts Receivable or SO for Sales Order Entry users, etc.). If you want everyone to have access to this document, then leave this option blank. See Step 6, NOTE, in the To Add a New Maps & Directions Document section for further explanation.

5. <Enter> the specific security code (i.e. GL0202) in the Security System Object text box.

NOTE The Security System Module and Security System Object categories must be entered exactly as they are defined in all Infinity POWER programs. The Advanced Security Administrator module lists out all security objects by module. See the Security Objects Definitions section of your System Administrator User Manual for a listing of security objects by module and their definitions.

Page 95: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 38 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

6. <Click> the Add Link button. The Adding New Maps Link screen (Figure 3-36) displays, confirming the document index has been updated. The window closes and returns to the Setup Maps & Directions screen. The new document link now displays in the list of maps and also in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Modify a Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link: This option allows you to modify the properties set up for documents, headings, and links that have been added to the list of items in the Setup Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-30) and accessible in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

The following table describes the associated properties that can be modified for each of the item types listed in the Setup Maps & Directions screen.

Item Type Properties to Modify Document Description, Source File, Security System Module, Security System Object. The

current file name is displayed as well as the date of last update.

Heading Description, Security System Module, Security System Object

Link Description, Link Address, Security System Module, Security System Object.

Figure 3-37. Setup Maps & Directions Screen – Modify Function

Page 96: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 39

1. In the Setup Maps & Directions screen, <click> the list item to be modified in the Document Description column (Figure 3-37). The Changing Maps Document/Heading/Link screen (Figure 3-38) displays, indicating the line number of the item to be modified.

Figure 3-38. Changing Maps Document/Heading/Link Screen – Modify Function

2. Depending on the item selected, make the desired changes in the applicable modifiable options. 3. <Click> the Save Changes button. A message confirms the document index has been updated. 4. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The window closes and returns to the Setup Maps & Directions

screen. The modifications are now updated in the document list in the Setup Maps screen and in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Remove a Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link: This option allows you to delete documents, headings, and links that have been added to the list of items in the Setup Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-30) and in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Page 97: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 40 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-39. Setup Maps & Directions Screen – Remove Function

1. In the Setup Maps & Directions screen, <click> the Remove option from the Remove? column (Figure 3-39) for the item to be deleted. The Deleting Maps Document/Heading/Link screen (Figure 3-40) displays, indicating the line number of the item to be deleted.

Page 98: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 41

Figure 3-40. Deleting Maps Document/Heading/Link Screen – Remove Function

2. <Click> the Delete Document/Heading/Link button. A message confirms the document index has been updated.

3. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The window closes and returns to the Setup Maps & Directions screen. The selected item has been deleted from the document list in the Setup Maps & Directions screen and in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To View a Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link: This option allows you to view documents and links that have been added to the list of items in the Setup Maps & Directions screen and in the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Selecting the view function will automatically open the selected document or launch the website associated with the selected link.

NOTE Headings can only be viewed by selecting the Maps & Lists>Maps & Directions menu option from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Page 99: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 42 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-41. Setup Maps & Directions Screen – View Function

1. In the Setup Maps & Directions screen, <click> the View option from the View column (Figure 3-41) for the item to be opened. The document or website automatically opens for viewing. Closing the document or website returns you to the Setup Maps & Directions screen.

To Download a Maps & Directions Document: 1. From the Maps & Directions screen, <right-click> the desired document to download from the Document

Description column and select the Save Target As option (Figure 3-42). The Save As window (Figure 3-43) displays.

Page 100: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 43

Figure 3-42. Setup Maps & Directions – Download Document Function

Figure 3-43. Save As Window

2. Select the desired directory to download the file into from the Save In pull-down menu. 3. If desired, rename the document in the File Name pull-down menu. 4. If appropriate, change the file type in the Save as type pull-down menu.

Page 101: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 44 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

5. <Click> the Save button. The document saves in the selected directory as the file name/type specified.

Setup Company Logos and Phone Numbers This configuration option allows you to add and modify your company address, contact information (phone and fax numbers), and Phone List image that are displayed in the Maps & Lists>Internal Phone List section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. You can also change your company logo, which will globally update wherever the current logo displays throughout the system.

The following screen (Figure 3-44) illustrates the section in the upper right hand corner of the screen where these options are displayed.

Figure 3-44. DP/DashBoard Menu System>Logo and Phone Numbers

To Access the Setup Company Logo and Phone Numbers Screen: 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-9), select the Setup Company Logo

and Phone Numbers menu option. The Company Logo and Phone Number Configuration screen (Figure 3-45) displays.

Page 102: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 45

Figure 3-45. Company Logo and Phone Number Configuration Screen

To Replace the Company Logo Image: This option allows you to replace the existing company logo that displays in the DP/DashBoard header throughout the program. Perform the following steps to replace your company logo.

1. From the Company Logo and Phone Numbers Configuration screen (Figure 3-45), <click> the Replace Company Logo Image option to select a new the image. The Uploading the Image File in the Company Logo Category screen (Figure 3-46) displays.

Page 103: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 46 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-46. Upload the Image File in the Company Logo Category Screen

2. To select a different image, <enter> the path and file name of the desired image in the Upload your own image text box or <click> the Browse button to select a path from your network. The Choose File window displays.

3. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu. 4. Select the desired image or type in the exact filename of the image in the File name text box.

NOTE Images must be in .jpg or .gif format, and not exceed 30 pixels in width.

5. <Click> the Open button. The Choose File window closes and the selected path and file name are now displayed in the Upload your own image text box.

6. <Click> the Upload Company Logo Image button. The Upload Image Screen displays confirming the file was uploaded successfully.

7. <Click> the Return to Main Menu option. The Upload Image Screen closes. The new image is updated in the Company Logo and Phone Number Configuration screen and in the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen header that displays throughout the program.

Page 104: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 47

To Replace the Internal Phone List Menu Image Icon: This option allows you to replace the existing internal phone list image icon that displays in the Maps and List>Internal Phone List section (Figure 3-47) of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to replace the internal phone list image icon.

Figure 3-47. Internal Phone List Menu Option Image Icon

1. From the Company Logo and Phone Numbers Configuration screen, <click> the Replace Company Logo Image option to select a new image icon. The Uploading the Image File in the Company Logo Category screen (Figure 3-48) displays.

Figure 3-48. Uploading the Image file in the Phone List Menu Category Screen

2. To select a different image, <enter> the path and file name of the desired image in the Upload your own image text box or <click> the Browse button to select a path from your network. The Choose File window displays.

Page 105: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 48 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

3. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu. 4. Select the desired image or type in the exact filename of the image in the File name text box.

NOTE Images must be in .jpg or .gif format, and not exceed 30 pixels in width.

5. <Click> the Open button. The Choose File window closes and the selected path and file name are now displayed in the Upload your own image text box.

OR

6. <Click> the appropriate radio button to select one of the available Template Images.

Figure 3-49. Phone List - Template Images

7. <Click> the Upload Phone List Menu Image button. The Uploading File screen displays confirming the image was uploaded successfully.

8. <Click> the Return to Main Menu option. The Uploading File screen closes. The new image is updated in the Maps & Lists>Internal Phone List section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Replace the Phone List Image: This option allows you to replace the existing phone list image that displays in the Maps and List>Internal Phone List section (Figure 3-47) of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to replace the internal phone list image:

1. From the Company Logo and Phone Numbers Configuration screen, <click> the Replace Company Logo Image option to select a new image icon. The Uploading the Image File in the Phone List Category screen displays (Figure 3-50).

Page 106: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 49

Figure 3-50. Uploading the Image File in the Phone List Category

2. To select a different image, <enter> the path and file name of the desired image in the Upload your own image text box or <click> the Browse button to select a path from your network. The Choose File window displays.

3. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu. 4. Select the desired image or type in the exact filename of the image in the File name text box.

NOTE Images must be in .jpg or .gif format, and not exceed 30 pixels in width.

5. <Click> the Open button. The Choose File window closes and the selected path and file name are now displayed in the Upload your own image text box.

6. <Click> the Upload Phone List Image button. The Uploading File screen displays confirming the image was uploaded successfully.

7. <Click> the Return to Main Menu option. The Uploading File screen closes. The new image is updated in the Maps & Lists>Internal Phone List section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add/Modify Company Address and Phone Numbers: This option allows you to add/modify your company’s address (physical and/or mailing address) and contact information such as corporate, department, and support phone numbers as well as fax numbers. This company information displays at the top of the Internal Phone List screen when accessed from the Maps & List>Internal Phone List section (Figure 3-47) of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to add/modify a company address and contact information.

Page 107: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 50 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

1. From the Company Logo and Phone Numbers Configuration Screen, <enter> the desired address in the Company Address text window (Figure 3-51).

2. Enter the desired address in the Company Address text box.

Figure 3-51. Company Address/Company Phone Numbers Text Windows

3. Enter the desired contact information in the Company Phone Numbers text box. 4. <Click> the Save Address and Phone Numbers button. The Updating Company Address and Phone

Numbers screen displays, confirming the new information has been updated. The screen closes and returns to the Company Logo and Phone Numbers Configuration screen.

Setup Available Companies This configuration option allows you to assign a unique company identifier, usually an abbreviation of a company name. The Company ID is displayed in the DP/DashBoard main header to indicate the active company. Adding a new company affects Reports/Drilldown, Customer Support, and Custom Applications from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Access the Setup Available Companies Screen 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-31), select the Setup Available

Companies menu option. The Company Configuration screen (Figure 3-52) displays.

Page 108: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 51

Figure 3-52. Company Configuration Screen

As companies are added, they are displayed in a consecutively numbered list including the following document details:

Line Line number. System generated and automatically increments to the next highest number as companies are added.

Company Name An alpha/numeric text string that consists of 40 characters that describe the company name. System generated for this screen based on the user-defined company name in the Company Configuration Screen>Add New Company option.

Company ID An alpha/numeric text string that consists of (3) three characters that identifies the company. You cannot use one or two characters only. System generated for this screen based on the user-defined company ID in the Company Configuration Screen>Add New Company option.

Remove? Hyperlink. Allows you to delete a company from the DP/DashBoard database. This option allows you to delete companies once they have been added to the list of companies in the Company Configuration screen. Removing a company will affect all functions throughout the DP/DashBoard system where selecting a company is possible.

Page 109: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 52 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

To Add a Company: This Configuration option allows you to add a new company to the DP/DashBoard Database. Once a company is added, it will become available for selection for the following Main Menu functions: Reports/Drilldown, Customer Support, and Custom Applications.

1. From the Company Configuration screen (Figure 3-52), <click> the Add New Company option to set up a new company. The Adding New Company screen displays (Figure 3-53).

Figure 3-53. Adding New Company Screen

2. Enter the user defined company identification in the Company ID text box. The Company ID is an alpha/numeric text string that consists of three characters. You cannot use one or two characters only.

NOTE Consider making the Company ID an abbreviation of the actual company name so that it will be easily recognized. It must be a valid company that exists with the Infinity POWER programs already.

3. Enter the company name in the Company Name text box. 4. <Click> the Save button. A message displays confirming the company index has been updated. The

window closes and returns to the Company Configuration Screen. The new company name and company ID displays in the Add New Company list.

Page 110: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 53

To Modify a Company: This option allows you to modify the properties set up for companies once they have been added to the list of items in the Company Configuration screen accessed when you select the Setup Available Companies configuration option.

Figure 3-54. Company Configuration Screen – Modify Function

1. In the Company Configuration screen (Figure 3-52), <click> the list item to be modified in the Company Name column. The Changing Company screen displays (Figure 3-55), indicating the line number of the item to be modified.

Page 111: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 54 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-55. Changing Company Screen – Modify Function

The following table describes the associated properties that can be modified for each company.

Item Type Properties to Modify Company ID An alpha/numeric text string that consists of three characters that identifies the

company. Company Name

An alpha/numeric text string that consists of 40 characters that describes the company name.

2. Make the desired changes in the Company ID and Company Name text boxes. 3. <Click> the Save Changes button. A message confirms the company index has been updated. 4. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The window closes and returns to the Company Configuration

screen, where the list of companies is now updated with the new changes. The modifications are also updated throughout all applicable sections of the DP/DashBoard program.

Page 112: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 55

To Remove a Company: This option allows you to delete companies once they have been added to the list of companies in the Company Configuration screen.

NOTE Removing a company will affect all functions throughout the DP/DashBoard system where selecting a company is possible.

Figure 3-56. Company Configuration Screen – Remove Function

1. From the Company Configuration screen (Figure 3-52), scroll down the list of companies displayed and <click> the Remove option associated with the desired company to be removed (Figure 3-56). A message displays confirming the company will be removed from the menu.

2. <Click> the OK button to delete the company from the list of available companies. The Deleting Company screen displays (Figure 3-57), verifying the Company ID and Company Name to be deleted.

Page 113: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 56 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-57. Deleting Company Screen

3. <Click> the Delete button to complete the remove function. A message displays confirming the company index has been updated. The window closes, and returns to the Company Configuration screen. The company has now been removed from the company list.

OR 4. <Click> the Cancel button to terminate the Remove function without saving any changes.

Setup Documents The Setup Documents options are designed to allow an Administrator to add, remove, and view documents, headings, and links to other websites that are displayed in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. The following screen illustrates the section in the upper right-hand corner of the screen (Figure 3-58) where these options are found once documents, heading, and links have been added.

Page 114: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 57

Figure 3-58. Documentation Section

From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-59), the following configurable documents options are available: Setup Marketing Documents, Setup Corporate Documents, Setup Support Documents, Setup Sales Documents, Setup Technical Documents, and Setup Ray Sheds Light.

Figure 3-59. DP/DashBoard Admin. Menu – Setup Documents Options

The main menu titles of all these categories are all configurable by a user with Administrator rights. Changes made to these options will be reflected in both the DP/Dashboard Admin. menu and in the Documentation section of the DP/Dashboard Menu System screen (Figure 3-58). As your company initiatives and styles evolve, you can update the main menu title and main menu image to reflect these changes. Adding new headings can categorize your growing list of links and documents into groups and subgroups so that they are more effectively organized and accessible.

There are even full content document templates that come standard with DP/DashBoard (i.e. an Employee Manual and Company Map). Simply download these templates, customize the information for your company’s needs, then add the documents to your Documentation section so that your staff can access them whenever they need to!

Page 115: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 58 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

The following table describes documents you may consider for each category.

Document Type Sample Documents Marketing Documents Marketing documents or links may include product price lists, new version

features, order forms, upgrade information, and company references, brochures, literature kits, etc.

Corporate Documents Corporate documents or links may include company fact sheets, organizational charts, and quarterly results documents, tax returns, 941 reports, etc.

Support Documents Support documents or links may include IT/MIS user request forms, troubleshooting bulletins, and software error logs, customer support ticket information, etc.

Sales Documents Sales documents or links may include product feature documents, price lists, quarterly profit comparisons, new customer fact sheets, etc.

Technical Documents Technical documents or links may include product price lists, new version features, order forms, upgrade information, and company references, etc.

Ray Sheds Light Do you have a "Jack of All Trades" employee in your company or IT department? Well, we do and it’s Ray! Ray is the guy that knows it all, can get it all, and helps all. The Setup Ray Sheds Light option is designed to allow you to add, remove, and view Tips & Tricks documents and links that are displayed in the Tips & Tricks>Ray Sheds Light section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Ray Sheds Light documents may include troubleshooting suggestions, helpful hints, lessons learned, short cut functions, voice mail setup procedures, etc. This main menu category can be tailored to reflect your company’s "Ray". Change Ray to Mary, and change her image. Add some humor! Have some fun!

To Access a Setup Documents Screen: 1. From the DP/DashBoard Administration Menu screen (Figure 3-59), select the desired Setup

Documents menu option. The selected Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60) displays. The following sections will use the Setup Marketing Documents option as an example for all functions. All other Setup Documents options are identical.

Page 116: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 59

Figure 3-60. Setup Documents Screen – Marketing Documents Example

As documents are added, they are displayed in a consecutively numbered list including the following document details:

Line Line number. System generated and automatically increments to the next highest number as documents /links are added. You can <click> on a bullet and drag/drop within the column to rearrange the order items appear in the list.

Document Description

Hyperlink. Description of document that you enter when you select the Add New Document or Add New Link option. Clicking on an item in this column will open the Changing Documents Document window for the line item you selected. This window allows you to modify the description, source file, and security information for that document. This description also displays in the Documents screen in the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (see the To Modify a Document/Heading/Link section).

File Name/Link Name of file/link of new document. System generated based on the document file selected or path to the link provided when you select the Add New Document or Add New Link option in the Setup Marketing Documents screen.

Last Update Date of most recent update to the file/link added. This column is automatically updated as files/links are revised.

Remove? Hyperlink. Allows you to delete a document from the selected Documents screen on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (see the To Remove a Document/Heading/Link section).

Page 117: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 60 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

View Hyperlink. Opens the selected document for viewing. Headings added to the list of documents in the Setup Documents screen are labeled as such in the View Column.

Security Object System generated. Displays the security permissions allocated to that particular document that were set up when the Add New Document or Add New Link option was selected. If security permissions are modified, this column will be automatically updated.

To Replace a Document Main Menu Title: This option allows you to rename the main menu title as it appears in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-58). By default, DP/DashBoard is configured with the following Documentation main menu titles: Marketing Documents, Corporate Documents, Support Documents, Sales Documents, Technical Documents, and Ray Sheds Light Documents. Perhaps your company has a Public Relations Department but not a Marketing Department. Perform the following steps to rename the main menu title.

NOTE Changing the main menu title will automatically update every screen/menu option that this name reflects.

1. From the Setup Documents screen that you wish to change the title (Figure 3-60), <click> the Replace Main Menu Title option to change the title as it displays in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. The Changing Documents Main Menu Title screen (Figure 3-61) displays.

Figure 3-61. Changing Documents Category Main Menu Title Screen – Marketing Documents Example

2. Highlight the existing title in the Main Menu Title text box and <enter> the desired new title (ex: Public Relations).

3. <Click> the Save Changes button. The new title now displays on the selected Setup Documents screen and also in the appropriate Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-62).

Page 118: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 61

Figure 3-62. Updated DP/DashBoard Admin. Menu and Documentation Main Menu Title

To Replace a Documents Main Menu Image Icon: This option allows you to replace the existing image icon (Figure 3-63) for this document category that displays in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to select a new image icon.

NOTE Remember, you may need to work with your graphics program to correctly size the icon image to fit correctly on the DP/DashBoard screen.

Figure 3-63. Documents Image Icon – Marketing Documents Example

1. From the selected Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60), <click> the Replace Main Menu Image above option to select a new image icon. The Uploading the Image File in the “Documents Category” screen (Figure 3-64) displays.

Page 119: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 62 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-64. Uploading the Image File in the “Documents” Category Screen – Marketing Documents Example

2. To select a different image, <enter> the path and file name of the desired image in the Upload your own image text box or <click> the Browse button to select a path from your network. The Choose File window displays.

3. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu. 4. Select the desired image or enter the exact filename of the image in the File name text box.

NOTE Images must be in .jpg or .gif format, and not exceed 30 pixels in width.

5. <Click> the Open button. The Choose File window closes and the selected path and file name are now displayed in the Upload your own image text box.

OR 6. <Click> the appropriate radio button to select one of the available Template Images (Figure 3-65).

Figure 3-65. Template Images

Page 120: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 63

7. <Click> the Upload Documents Image button. The Uploading File screen displays. 8. <Click> the Return to Main Menu option. The Upload Image screen closes. The new image is updated

in the selected Setup Documents screen and in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add a New Documents Document: This option allows you to add a new document that is accessible from the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Perform the following steps to add a new document.

1. From the selected Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60), <click> the Add New Document option. The Adding New Documents Document screen (Figure 3-66) displays.

Figure 3-66. Adding New Documents Document Screen – Marketing Documents Example

2. <Enter> a description of the document in the Description text box. 3. In the Source File section, <click> the Browse button. The Choose file window displays. 4. Select the appropriate folder from the Look in pull-down menu from the Choose file window. 5. Select the desired file or type in the exact filename of the document in the File name text box.

Page 121: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 64 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

NOTE The file types available to be uploaded are .txt, .jpg, .gif, .html, .htm, .doc, .pdf, .xls, .csv, .ppt, .pps, .swf and .rpt. Files cannot exceed 4 mb for upload. If documents are over 4 mb an error will display. You can alternatively upload a large document by making it a link on your network. Then in DP/DashBoard use the Add New Link option to add the document.

6. <Enter> the abbreviation for the Infinity POWER accounting module whose rights you want to emulate for this document in the Security System Module text box, if you want to limit who has rights to view this document (i.e. This could be AR for Accounts Receivable or SO for Sales Order Entry users, etc.). If you want everyone to have access to this document, then leave this option blank.

NOTE If certain documents are sensitive such as certain accounting functions, then grant similar security rights from the accounting system’s Advanced Security Administrator module. If only people who have rights to G/L should see this document, then assign a GL security object. If A/R users should only have access to the file, then assign an AR security object. These rights can be granted down to a specific menu option level, which is essentially the function of security objects. Therefore, if you choose G/L, choose an option all GL users have rights to or pick an option that only a couple of users have access to, depending on your objectives (i.e. Print Chart of Accounts (GL0209) would be a security object most GL users would have access to. Print Balance Sheet (GL0202) is a security object most GL users would not have access to.).

7. <Enter> the specific security code (i.e. GL0202) in the Security System Object text box.

NOTE The Security System Module and Security System Object categories must be entered exactly as they are defined in all Infinity POWER programs. The Advanced Security Administrator module lists out all security objects by module. DP/DashBoard security objects are defined in the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual.

8. <Click> the Add Document button. The Adding Documents Document screen closes and the new document now displays in the selected Setup Documents screen and also in the Documentation>section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add a New Documents Heading: This option allows you to add a new heading that is accessible from the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

This is really useful if you want to categorize documents within a group (ex: Product Sheets). Perform the following steps to add a new heading.

1. From the selected Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60), <click> the Add New Heading option. The Adding New Documents Heading screen (Figure 3-67) displays.

Page 122: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 65

Figure 3-67. Adding New Documents Heading Screen – Marketing Documents Example

2. <Enter> the New Heading in the Description text box. 3. <Enter> the abbreviation for the Infinity POWER accounting module whose rights you want to emulate for

this document in the Security System Module text box, if you want to limit who has rights to view this document (i.e. This could be AR for Accounts Receivable or SO for Sales Order Entry users, etc.). If you want everyone to have access to this document, then leave this option blank.

NOTE If certain documents are sensitive such as certain accounting functions, then grant similar security rights from the accounting system’s Advanced Security Administrator module. If only people who have rights to G/L should see this document, then assign a GL security object. If A/R users should only have access to the file, then assign an AR security object. These rights can be granted down to a specific menu option level, which is essentially the function of security objects. Therefore, if you choose G/L, choose an option all GL users have rights to or pick an option that only a couple of users have access to, depending on your objectives (i.e. Print Chart of Accounts (GL0209) would be a security object most GL users would have access to. Print Balance Sheet (GL0202) is a security object most GL users would not have access to.).

4. <Enter> the specific security code (i.e. GL0202) in the Security System Object text box.

Page 123: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 66 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

NOTE The Security System Module and Security System Object categories must be entered exactly as they are defined in all Infinity POWER programs. The Advanced Security Administrator module lists out all security objects by module. DP/DashBoard security objects are defined in the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual.

5. <Click> the Add Heading button. A message displays confirming the document index has been updated. 6. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The Adding New Documents Heading screen closes and the new

heading now displays as a list item in the selected Setup Documents screen as well as in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add a New Documents Link: This option allows you to add a new link to a website that is accessible from the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Perform the following steps to add a new link.

1. From the Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60), <click> the Add New Link option. The Adding New Documents Link screen (Figure 3-68) displays.

Figure 3-68. Adding New Documents Link Screen – Marketing Documents Example

2. <Enter> a description of the document in the Description text box. 3. <Enter> the path to the desired website in the Link Address text box.

Page 124: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 67

4. <Enter> the abbreviation for the Infinity POWER accounting module whose rights you want to emulate for this document in the Security System Module text box, if you want to limit who has rights to view this document (i.e. This could be AR for Accounts Receivable or SO for Sales Order Entry users, etc.). If you want everyone to have access to this document, then leave this option blank.

NOTE If certain documents are sensitive such as certain accounting functions, then grant similar security rights from the accounting system’s Advanced Security Administrator module. If only people who have rights to G/L should see this document, then assign a GL security object. If A/R users should only have access to the file, then assign an AR security object. These rights can be granted down to a specific menu option level, which is essentially the function of security objects. Therefore, if you choose G/L, choose an option all GL users have rights to or pick an option that only a couple of users have access to, depending on your objectives (i.e. Print Chart of Accounts (GL0209) would be a security object most GL users would have access to. Print Balance Sheet (GL0202) is a security object most GL users would not have access to.).

5. <Enter> the specific security code (i.e. GL0202) in the Security System Object text box.

NOTE The Security System Module and Security System Object categories must be entered exactly as they are defined in all Infinity POWER programs. The Advanced Security Administrator module lists out all security objects by module. DP/DashBoard security objects are defined in the Security Objects Definitions Reference Manual found in your System Administrator User Manual.

6. <Click> the Add Link button. The Adding New Document Link screen displays, confirming the document index has been updated. The window closes and returns to the selected Setup Documents screen. The new document link now displays in the list of documents and also in the selected Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Modify a Documents Document/Heading/Link: This option allows you to modify the properties set up for documents, headings, and links that have been added to the list of items in the Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60) and accessible in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

The following table describes the associated properties that can be modified for each of the item types listed in the Setup Documents screen.

Item Type Properties to Modify Document Description, Source File, Security System Module, Security System Object.

The current file name is displayed as well as the date of last update.

Heading Description, Security System Module, Security System Object

Link Description, Link Address, Security System Module, Security System Object.

Page 125: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 68 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-69. Setup Documents Screen > Modify Function – Marketing Documents Example

1. In the Setup Documents screen, <click> the list item to be modified in the Document Description column (Figure 3-69). The Changing Documents Document/Heading/Link screen (Figure 3-70) displays, indicating the line number of the item to be modified.

Page 126: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 69

Figure 3-70. Changing Documents Document/Heading/Link Screen > Modify Function – Marketing Documents Example

2. Depending on the item selected, make the desired changes in the applicable modifiable options. 3. <Click> the Save Changes button. A message confirms the document index has been updated. 4. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The window closes and returns to the selected Setup Documents

screen. The modifications are now updated in the document list in the selected Setup Documents screen and in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Page 127: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 70 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

To Remove a Document/Heading/Link: This option allows you to delete documents, headings, and links that have been added to the list of items in the Setup Documents screen and in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Figure 3-71. Setup Documents Screen>Remove Function – Marketing Documents Example

1. In the Setup Documents screen, <click> the Remove option from the Remove? column for the item to be deleted (Figure 3-71). The Deleting Documents Document/Heading/Link screen (Figure 3-72) displays, indicating the line number of the item to be deleted.

Page 128: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 71

Figure 3-72. Deleting Documents Document/Heading/Link Screen >Remove Function – Marketing Documents Example

2. <Click> the Delete Document/Heading/Link button. A message confirms the document index has been updated.

3. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The window closes and returns to the selected Setup Documents screen. The selected item has been deleted from the document list in the selected Setup Documents screen and in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To View a Document/Heading/Link: This option allows you to view documents and links that have been added to the list of items in the Setup Documents screen (Figure 3-60) and in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. Selecting the view function will automatically open the selected document or launch the website associated with the selected link.

NOTE Headings can only be viewed by selecting a main menu title from the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Page 129: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 72 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

Figure 3-73. Setup Documents Screen>View Function – Marketing Documents Example

1. In the Setup Documents screen, <click> the View option from the View column (Figure 3-73) for the item to be opened. The document or website automatically opens for viewing.

To Download a Document Template: This function allows you to download documents that are listed in any of the Setup Documents screens or templates from the Document Templates section at the bottom of the screen.

1a. In the selected Setup Documents screen, <right-click> the desired document or template to be downloaded (Figure 3-74) and select the Save Target As option. The Save As window (Figure 3-75) displays.

Figure 3-74. Setup Documents>Download Document Template Function – Marketing Documents Example

Page 130: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 DP/DashBoard Admin. Page 73

Figure 3-75. Save As Window

2. Select the desired directory to download the file into from the Save In pull-down menu. 3. If desired, rename the document in the File Name pull-down menu. 4. If appropriate, change the file type in the Save as type pull-down menu. 5. <Click> the Save button. The document saves in the selected directory as the file name/type specified.

Color Styles Setup This option allows you to customize the color settings used throughout the DP/DashBoard GUI (Graphical User Interface) screens.

The following screen (Figure 3-76) illustrates the section on the left side of the screen where this option is displayed.

Figure 3-76. DP/DashBoard Admin. Section>Color Styles Setup

Page 131: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 74 DP/DashBoard Admin. Chapter 3

To Change the Color Style of the DP/DashBoard Screens: 1. On the left side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Color Styles Setup option

(Figure 3-76) from the DP/DashBoard Admin. section. The Site Management Utility screen (Figure 3-77) displays.

Figure 3-77. Site Management Utility Screen

2. <Click> the appropriate Color Style radio button to select the desired color scheme. 3. <Click> the Change Color Scheme button. The color scheme display box changes to the primary color

selected. 4. <Click> the Return to Main Menu option to return to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. The

selected color scheme is applied throughout the program.

Page 132: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 75

CALENDAR & TASKS The Calendar & Tasks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen consists of the Event Calendar, Project/Task Menu, and My Worksheet options. These are very powerful tools that are designed to allow for company wide use. This includes a single calendaring tool for a single office or even multiple offices as well as a Project Task Management system designed to allow you to keep track of a variety of things to be done, both personally and professionally. Configurable items in the section can be defined in the DP/DashBoard Admin section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

These features are accessible in the Calendar & Tasks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-78).

NOTE <Clicking> the company logo in the left top corner of the screen from any of the Calendar & Tasks menu option screens brings you back to the DP/DashBoard Menu System Screen. This function applies to this section only. The logo defaults to the Data Pro logo and should be replaced by your company’s logo from the DP/DashBoard Admin > DP/DashBoard Config option of the Menu System screen.

Figure 3-78. Calendar & Tasks Section

Page 133: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 76 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Event Calendar The Event Calendar system is designed to allow each individual to maintain their own "personal schedules" on the system, in private, so that when other users are booking events that include them, the system has the ability to determine whether they are available or not to be included. Events are meetings, appointments, conference calls, To-Do’s, demos and more!

NOTE With the integration of the event triggering system, DP/Auto, a daily notification of the calendar events can be sent to specified e-mail addresses set up in DP/Dashboard by utilizing the “calendaralerts” script. See the DP/Auto User Manual for further details.

The following screen illustrates where the Calendar & Tasks>Event Calendar option (Figure 3-79) is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Figure 3-79. Calendar & Tasks>Event Calendar

To Access the Calendar Screen: 1. On the left side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Event Calendar option

(Figure 3-79) from the Calendar & Tasks section. The Calendar screen (Figure 3-80) displays defaulting to the current month using and additional browser window.

NOTE You may resize this window to your preferences. This way you can go between the Calendar window and the main menu consistently by just clicking between browser sessions. You may use the ALT TAB key to easily switch between open sessions.

Page 134: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 77

Figure 3-80. Calendar Screen

The following table describes the Calendar screen details.

Month Clicking this pull-down menu allows you to select the calendar month you would like to view. You can also click the << and >> to select the desired month.

Year Clicking this pull-down menu allows you to select the desired calendar year month you would like to view.

Opens the My Weekly Calendar and Task Worksheet Screen. From here you can add new tasks and then add them to the Event Calendar.

Calendar Clicking this pull-down menu toggles between My Calendar, and Corporate Calendar. My Calendar shows only your personal events. Corporate Calendar shows the entire corporate calendar plus any events you have made “public”.

Departments Clicking this pull-down menu allows you to select All Departments or a specific department. Only the specified events will display on the calendar.

Categories Clicking this pull-down menu allows you to select All Categories or a specific category of events to display on the calendar (e.g. appointments, phone calls, vacations, etc).

Schedule New Event Selecting this option opens the Scheduling New Event window. This option allows you to add either private or public events to the calendar.

Page 135: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 78 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

To View a Specific Calendar: 1. From the top of the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80), click the << option to select the previous month or click

the >> option to select the next month in the first pull-down menu. The selected month displays in full view and is listed in the pull-down menu.

2. From the second pull-down menu, select the desired Calendar Year. The selected calendar year displays in full view and is listed in the pull-down menu.

3. From the third pull-down menu, select the Company Calendar option to view the full corporate calendar or the My Calendar option to view only your personal calendar entries. The selected calendar displays in full view and is listed in the pull-down menu.

4. From the fourth pull-down menu, select the desired Department to only view that department’s calendar entries. The selected department calendar displays in full view and is listed in the pull-down menu.

5. From the fifth pull-down menu, select the desired Category to only view entries related to the specified category. The selected category entries display in full view and are listed in the pull-down menu and in the calendar below.

NOTE These combinations of pull-down menus are a great way of isolating just the information you want to see at once. You may see everything combined or just one group.

To Schedule a New Event: This option allows you to schedule a new event to the calendar. User permissions determine which users can view certain events from the corporate calendar. When scheduling an event to the calendar, you can invite attendees such as internal staff, as well as prospects, customers, or vendors. All invitees will receive an e-mail confirmation of the event. You can also reserve resources such as conference rooms and media equipment.

NOTE Events added to your personal calendar cannot be viewed by anyone but you.

1. From the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80), click the Schedule New Event option. The Scheduling New Event screen (Figure 3-81) displays.

Page 136: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 79

Figure 3-81. Scheduling New Event Screen

The following table describes the Scheduling New Event screen details.

Description Text box. Enter a description of the new event (i.e. appointment, meeting, conference call, etc.).

Event Date Display box. Click the calendar icon to select the date of the event. Defaults to the current date.

Start/End Time Pull-down menus. Displays the start/end time of the event. Defaults to 8:00 am for both time options. Increments in five minute intervals.

User ID Defaults to the User ID currently logged into the DP/DashBoard program. Type Pull-down menu. The following options describe the event type:

Public – Event is open to anyone with access to the calendar. Depart Only – Event is to be viewed only by those who have access to a specified department. Attendees – Viewed only by selected attendees. Attendees receive an invitation to the event via email. Accepting the event will update the attendees’ personal calendars.

Private – Event can only be viewed by the user adding the event. Department Pull-down menu. Options describe the department the event is associated

with. Defaults to the department the current user is associated with.

Page 137: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 80 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Category Pull-down menu. Options describe the category of the event (e.g. appointment, meeting. phone call). Defaults to Appointment. These categories may be have specified colors to identify the event on the calendar. These colors can be configured under DP/DashBoard Config. Main Menu >Gobal Configuration Options.

Event Status Pull-down menu. Describes the status of the event (e.g. Open, Complete, Cancelled).

Comments Text Box. Enter any specific details about the event. Available Attendees Scroll list displaying all possible people available to select to attend the

event. Selected Attendees Display box listing the selected event attendees from the Available

Attendees display box. Avoids conflicts. Available Resources Scroll list displaying all available resources that can be reserved for the

event (e.g. conference rooms, equipment, etc.) Avoids conflicts. Selected Resources Display box listing the resources selected for reservation from the

Available Resources display box. Select Customer Clicking on this option opens the Select Customer for this Event screen.

You can select a customer to add to the event by searching by customer number or name. Customers selected will be sent an e-mail confirmation for the event. You can <click> on the selected customer’s name in the text box to display the Customer Information window.

Select Vendor Clicking on this option opens the Select Vendor for this Event screen. You can select a vendor to add to the event by searching by vendor number or name. Vendors selected will be sent an e-mail confirmation for the event.

Check for Conflicts Check box. Selecting this option will check each attendee’s personal calendars and selected resources for conflicts for the specified event date and time.

Save This Event Clicking this button saves the event and adds it to the specified calendar. Those with permissions can only view the event.

Quit Without Saving Clicking this button closes the Schedule New Event screen without saving and returns to the Calendar screen.

Save As New Event Clicking this button will duplicate the current event and add it to the specified calendar event as a new event. All the original options (attendees, resources, location, etc) are retained. This is very useful if the date is the only item that is different for an event. Those with permissions can only view the event.

2. Enter a description of the event in the Description text box.

3. <Click> the calendar icon next to the Event Date display box to select the desired date for the event. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month/year prior to the current date, or <click> >> to change the month/year after the current date. The calendar closes and the selected event date displays.

4. Selected the desired event options from the Type, Department, Category, and Status pull-down menus.

5. Enter a description of the event details in the Comments text box. 6. From the Available Attendees scroll list, click the desired attendees for the event. As attendees are

selected, they are displayed in the Selected Attendees display box.

Page 138: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 81

7. From the Available Resources scroll list, click the desired resources to be reserved for the event. As resources are selected, they are displayed in the Selected Resources display box.

8. If desired select a Customer or Vendor to add to the event. Customers and/or vendors selected will receive an e-mail confirmation of the event.

NOTE If resources are selected for an event, and the event is saved, the administrator for each selected resource will receive an e-mail notification of the event and the resources to be reserved.

9. Select the Check for Conflicts check box to automatically verify all selected attendees are available during the selected date/time of the event.

10. Click the Save This Event button or Save As New Event button to save the event and update the calendar. The Schedule New Event screen closes and returns to the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80) displaying the new event.

NOTE Remember, each time an event is scheduled or changed, all invited attendees receive an e-mail notice!

To Select a Customer for an Event: This option allows you to select a customer to add to an event. Once a customer is selected, they are added to the event and will receive an e-mail notification with the event details. You can only select one customer per event.

1. From the Schedule New Event Screen (Figure 3-81), <click> on the Select Customer button. The Select Customer by Number or Name screen (Figure 3-82) displays.

Figure 3-82. Select Customer by Number or Name Screen

Page 139: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 82 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

2. Enter the partial or complete customer number in the Customer Number text box, then <click> the Select button. The Search Customer window (Figure 3-83) displays listing all the possible results.

OR 3. Enter the partial or complete customer name in the Customer Name text box, then <click> the Search

button. The Search Customer window (Figure 3-83) displays listing all the possible results.

Figure 3-83. Search Customer Screen

3. <Click> the Select button of the desired customer to be added to the event. The window closes and returns to the Scheduling New Event screen. The selected customer now displays in the Select Customer (Figure 3-84) display box. To remove the selected customer, click the red X next to the displayed name.

NOTE You can <click> on the selected customer’s name in the text box to display the Customer Information window.

Figure 3-84. Select Customer Function>Schedule New Event Screen

Page 140: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 83

To Select a Vendor for an Event: This option allows you to select a vendor to add to an event. Once a vendor is selected, they are added to the event and will receive an e-mail notification with the event details. You can only select one vendor per event.

1. From the Schedule New Event Screen (Figure 3-81), <click> on the Select Vendor button. The Select Vendor by Number or Name screen (Figure 3-85) displays.

Figure 3-85. Select Vendor by Number or Name Screen

2. Enter the partial or complete vendor number in the Vendor Number text box, then <click> the Select button. The Search Vendor window (Figure 3-86) displays listing all the possible results.

OR 3. Enter the partial or complete vendor name in the Vendor Name text box, then <click> the Search

button. The Search Vendor window (Figure 3-86) displays listing all the possible results.

Page 141: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 84 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Figure 3-86. Search Vendor Screen

4. <Click> the Select button of the desired vendor to be added to the event. The window closes and returns to the Scheduling New Event screen. The selected vendor now displays in the Select Vendor (Figure 3-87) display box. To remove the selected vendor, click the red X next to the displayed name.

Figure 3-87. Select Vendor Function>Schedule New Event Screen

Page 142: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 85

To Change an Event: This option allows you to modify an existing event that is displayed in the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80).

1. From the desired calendar (see To View a Specific Calendar), <click> on the Event to be modified. The Changing Event screen (Figure 3-88) displays.

Figure 3-88. Changing Event Screen

3. Make any desired changes to the event (see To Add a New Event). <Click> the Save This Event button or Save As New Event button to save any changes. The Change Event screen closes and returns to the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80) displaying the modified event.

Project/Task Menu This menu system option provides the capability to view tasks by category (i.e. your personal tasks, tasks specific to a department, and all assigned tasks). You can also view tasks by project. When tasks are all completed for a project, the project as a whole can be marked as complete, and removed from the list of tasks. From the Project/Task Menu option, you can also add new tasks, review all task details, and open the My Weekly Calendar and Worksheet screen.

NOTE If you have integrated the DP/AUTO product, the “CalendarAlerts” script will send an email notification of upcoming calendar events and the “CalendarWorksheet” script will email a daily worksheet of calendar events and pending tasks.

Page 143: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 86 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

The following screen illustrates where the Calendar & Tasks>Project/Task Menu option (Figure 3-89) is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Figure 3-89. Calendar & Tasks>Project/Task Menu

To Access the Project/Task Menu Screen: 1. On the left side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Project/Task Menu option

(Figure 3-89) from the Calendar & Tasks section. The Project/Task Menu screen (Figure 3-90) displays.

Figure 3-90. Project/Task Menu Screen

Page 144: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 87

The following table describes the Project/Task Menu screen details.

View Tasks By Category Lists all tasks entered from the Project/Task Manager by Category such as: My Tasks, Departments Tasks, and All Assigned Tasks.

View Tasks by Project Lists all tasks by project headings. Select if Completed Selecting this option removes the task from Project/Task Menu screen. Add New Project Selection this option opens the Add New Project screen.

To Add a New Project: This option allows you to add new projects to the Project/Task Menu function. When projects are added to the system, they can be associated to tasks when they are created. When a new project is added, it also displays in the View Tasks by Project section of the Project/Task Menu screen.

1. From the Project/Task Menu screen (Figure 3-90), <click> the Add New Project option. The Add New Project screen (Figure 3-91) displays.

Figure 3-91. Add New Project Screen

2. Enter the name of the project in the New Project text box. 3. Select the department associated with the project from the Department pull-down menu. 4. Select the manager assigned to the project from the Manager pull-down menu. 5. <Click> the Add button. The Add New Project screen closes and returns to the Project/Task Menu screen.

The new project is displayed in the View Tasks by Project Category section.

Page 145: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 88 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

To Mark a Project as Completed: This option allows you to mark a Project as complete. A project should only be marked complete if all the tasks related to that project are completed.

NOTE Marking a project as complete removes the project from the Project/Task Menu screen.

1. From the Project/Task Menu screen, <click> the Complete? option (Figure 3-92) associated with the project you wish to mark as complete. A message displays confirming the selected project will be deleted from the system.

Figure 3-92. Project/Task Menu Screen – Mark Project Complete Function

2. Click the OK button. The project is now deleted from the Project/Task Menu screen and is no longer available as a project to associate with new tasks.

To View Tasks: This option allows you to select a task by either category or by project name.

1. From the Project/Task Menu screen (Figure 3-90), select the desired category or project name from either the View Tasks by Category or View Tasks by Project sections of the screen. The Review Tasks screen (Figure 3-93) displays a listing of all tasks related to the selected category or project.

Page 146: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 89

Figure 3-93. Review Tasks Screen

The following table describes the Review Tasks screen details.

Add New Task Selecting this option opens the Add New Task screen. Review All Task Detail Selecting this option opens the Task Detail Report screen listing all

details related to each task listed in the Review Tasks screen. My Worksheet Selecting this option opens the My Weekly Calendar and Task

Worksheet screen. See the My Worksheet section. Task # Lists all tasks entered from the Project/Task Manager by Category such

as: My Tasks, Departments Tasks, and All Assigned Tasks. Priority Specifies the priority assigned to the task when it was added to the

system. Priorities can be set to: Urgent, High, Normal, Low, or New. Department Specifies the department assigned to the task. Project Name of the project the task is associated with. Assigned when a new

task is added. Description Text Box. Enter a description of the task. Assigned Specifies whom the task is assigned to. Type Specifies the type of task. Types include: Assigned, Unassigned,

Completed, and Private. Status Specifies the status of the project at the time it is added to the system.

Status can be set to: New Task, In Progress, On Hold, or Completed. Start Date Lists the date the project commences. End Date Lists the date the project is expected to be completed.

Page 147: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 90 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

2. <Click> the Review All Task Detail option to list all details for each task listed. The Task Detail Report

screen displays listing details.

To Add a Task: This option allows you to add a new task to your personal task list, or to a specific department. User permissions affect what tasks a user is able to view (i.e. Only users assigned to the Marketing Department can see tasks related to Marketing).

1. From the Review Tasks screen (Figure 3-93), click the Add New Task option. The Add/Change Task screen (Figure 3-94) displays.

Figure 3-94. Add/Change Task Screen

The following table describes the Add/Change Task screen details.

Assigned Specifies whom the task is assigned to. Priority Specifies the priority assigned to the task when it was added to the

system. Priorities can be set to: Urgent, High, Normal, Low, or New. Project Name of the project the task is associated with. Assigned when a new

task is added. Description Text Box. Enter a description of the task.

Page 148: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 91

Status Specifies the status of the project at the time it is added to the system. Status can be set to: New Task, In Progress, On Hold, or Completed.

Type Specifies the type of task. Types include: Assigned, Unassigned, Completed, and Private.

Start/End Date Displays the selected date the project commences/ends. Completion Date Displays the date the task is completed. Entered at the end of the project. Department Specifies the department assigned to the task. Details Text box. Enter free form details about the task. Comments Text box. Enter any important comments about the task. Save Task Click this button to save the New Task selections. The new task displays

in the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet.

TIMESHEET SECTION Department Select the department the employee is assigned. Job Select a job description from the pull-down menu if a job. Cost Code This data item will only be used if you selected “Job” as the Entry Type,

described earlier. If this entry is to be applied to a Job Cost project/job, you must select a cost code for the system to use when your Time Sheet Entry is posted.

Bill Description If the option to allow “Entry of JC/TB Transaction Description” is turned off in the Master Configuration, this data item will not be displayed. The transaction description will be passed to the Job Cost transaction file when you post the entry.

Hours Worked Enter the number of hours worked for the specified employee. From:/To: If you have selected the option to enter hours as beginning and ending

times, specify a time range. <Click> the Set Time button to calculate the number of total hours.

2. Select a user to assign to the task form the Assigned pull-down menu. Default is adminuser. 3. Select the priority of the task from the Priority pull-down menu. Default is Urgent. 4. Select the project associated with the task from the Project pull-down menu. 5. Enter a description of the task in the Description text box. 6. Select the project status from the Status pull-down menu. Default is New Task. 7. Select the task type from the Type pull-down menu. Default is Unassigned.

8. <Click> the calendar icons next to the Start/End Date display box to open the calendar and select the desired start/end dates for the task. The calendar closes and the selected start/end dated display. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month or year prior to the current date, or <click> on >> to change the month or year after the current date.

9. Select the department associated with the task from the Department pull-down menu. 10. Enter specific information on the task in the Details text box. 11. Enter any necessary comments about the task in the Comments text box. 12. <Click> the Save Task button. The Add/Change Task screen closes and returns to the Review Tasks

screen. The new task displays in the list of tasks.

Page 149: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 92 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

To Change a Task: This function allows you to edit a task entry from the Review Tasks screen. Changes made are immediately updated to the system.

Figure 3-95. Review Tasks Screen – Change Task Function

1. From the Review Tasks screen, click the task number of the task you want to change in the Task # column (Figure 3-95). The Add/Change Task screen (Figure 3-94) displays listing all the tasks associated with the category or project.

2. Make any desired changes to the task. 3. <Click> the Save Task button. The Add/Change Task screen closes and returns to the Review Tasks

screen. The list of tasks is updated with the changes.

To Mark a Task Complete: 1. From the Review Tasks screen (Figure 3-93), click the task number of the task you want to mark as

complete from the Task # column. The Add/Change Task screen (Figure 3-94) displays.

2. <Click> the calendar icon next to the Completion Date display box to select the date the task is completed. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month/year prior to the current date, or <click> >> to change the month/year after the current date.

3. <Click> the Save Task button. The calendar closes and returns to the Review Tasks screen. The task displays with a green line crossing though it to indicate it has been completed.

NOTE This option can also be performed when adding a task for the first time (see the To Add a Task section).

Page 150: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 93

To Remove a Task: This option removes a selected task from the Review Tasks screen.

Figure 3-96. Review Tasks Screen – Remove Task Function

1. From the Review Tasks screen, <click> the in the Task # column for the task you want to remove (Figure 3-96). A dialog box displays confirming the intent to delete the specified task.

2. <Click> the OK button in the dialog box to delete the task and return to the Project/Tasks Menu screen (Figure 3-90).

OR 3. <Click> the Cancel button terminate the remove function. A dialog box displays, <click> the OK button

to close the dialog box and return to the Review Tasks screen.

My Worksheet This menu system option provides the capability to add, modify, and delete calendar events and add, modify, and remove tasks from your personal task list. User permissions determine what calendar events each user is allowed to view.

The following screen illustrates where the Calendar & Tasks>My Worksheet option (Figure 3-97) is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

NOTE With the integration of the event triggering system, DP/Auto, a daily notification of the calendar events and tasks assigned on the My Calendar Worksheet can be sent to specified e-mail addresses set up in DP/Dashboard by utilizing the “calendarworksheet script.” See the DP/Auto User Manual for further details.

Page 151: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 94 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Figure 3-97. Calendar & Tasks>My Worksheet

To Access the My Worksheet Screen: 1. On the left side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the My Worksheet option

(Figure 3-97) from the Calendar & Tasks section. The My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen (Figure 3-98) displays.

Figure 3-98. My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet Screen

Page 152: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 95

The following table describes the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen details.

Calendar Section Schedule Event Selecting this radio button opens the Scheduling New Event window. This

option allows you to add an event to either your personal Event Calendar or the Company Calendar.

(My/All) Calendar Events

Toggles between My or All Calendar Events. Displays all calendar events for 1-4 weeks. Calendar Events can be rearranged by selecting the black dot next to the event description and dragging it onto the desired date.

Opens the Event Calendar. Default is the company calendar view. Schedule New Event Selecting this option opens the Scheduling New Event window. This

option allows you to add an event to either your personal Event Calendar or the Company Calendar.

Selecting one of these radio buttons displays calendar events for one to four weeks from the current week.

Task Section Add Task Selecting this radio button opens the Add/Change Task window. This

option allows you to add personal tasks. These tasks also display in the appropriate sections of the Project/Task Menu screen.

Description Column heading. Describes the task and details. Priority Column heading. Describes the priority set for the task. Due Date Displays the due date of the task. <Click> on an item in this column to add

that task to the Event Calendar. Add New Task Selecting this option opens the Add/Change Task window. This option

allows you to add personal tasks. These tasks also display in the appropriate sections of the Project/Task Menu screen.

To Schedule a New Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option: This function allows you to add a calendar event from the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen (Figure 3-22). Scheduling a calendar event from this screen also updates the Calendar screen when viewed from the Event Calendar option from the Calendar & Tasks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen (Figure 3-98), <click> on the Schedule Event radio button or the Schedule New Event option at the bottom of the screen. The Scheduling New Event window (Figure 3-99) displays.

Page 153: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 96 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Figure 3-99. Scheduling New Event Window>My Worksheet Option

The following table describes the Scheduling New Event screen details.

Description Text box. Enter a description of the new event (i.e. appointment, meeting, conference call, etc.).

Event Date Display box. Click the calendar icon to select the date of the event. Defaults to the current date.

Start/End Time Pull-down menus. Displays the start/end time of the event. Defaults to 8:00 am for both time options. Increments in five minute intervals.

User ID Defaults to the User ID currently logged into the DP/DashBoard program. Type Pull-down menu. The following options describe the event type:

Public – Event is open to anyone with access to the calendar. Depart Only – Event is to be viewed only by those who have access to a specified department. Attendees – Viewed only by selected attendees. Attendees receive an invitation to the event via email. Accepting the event will update the attendees’ personal calendars.

Private – Event can only be viewed by the user adding the event. Department Pull-down menu. Options describe the department the event is associated

with. Defaults to the department the current user is associated with.

Page 154: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 97

Category Pull-down menu. Options describe the category of the event (e.g. appointment, meeting. phone call). Defaults to Appointment.

Event Status Pull-down menu. Describes the status of the event (e.g. Open, Complete, Cancelled).

Comments Text Box. Enter any specific details about the event. Available Attendees Scroll list displaying all possible people available to select to attend the

event. Selected Attendees Display box listing the selected event attendees from the Available

Attendees display box. Avoids conflicts. Available Resources Scroll list displaying all available resources that can be reserved for the

event (e.g. conference rooms, equipment, etc.) Avoids conflicts. Selected Resources Display box listing the resources selected for reservation from the

Available Resources display box. Select Customer Clicking on this option opens the Select Customer for this Event screen.

You can select a customer to add to the event by searching by customer number or name. Customers selected will be sent an e-mail confirmation for the event. You can <click> on the selected customer’s name in the text box to display the Customer Information window.

Select Vendor Clicking on this option opens the Select Vendor for this Event screen. You can select a vendor to add to the event by searching by vendor number or name. Vendors selected will be sent an e-mail confirmation for the event.

Check for Conflicts Check box. Selecting this option will check each attendee’s personal calendars and selected resources for conflicts for the specified event date and time.

Save This Event Clicking this button saves the event and adds it to the specified calendar. Those with permissions can only view the event.

Quit Without Saving Clicking this button closes the Schedule New Event screen without saving and returns to the Calendar screen.

Save As New Event Clicking this button will duplicate the current event and add it to the specified calendar event as a new event. All the original options (attendees, resources, location, etc) are retained. This is very useful if the date is the only item that is different for an event. Those with permissions can only view the event.

2. Enter a description of the event in the Description text box.

3. <Click> the calendar icon next to the Event Date display box to select the desired date for the event. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month/year prior to the current date, or <click> >> to change the month/year after the current date. The calendar closes and the selected event date displays.

4. Selected the desired event options from the Type, Department, Category, and Status pull-down menus.

5. Enter a description of the event details in the Comments text box. 6. From the Available Attendees scroll list, click the desired attendees for the event. As attendees are

selected, they are displayed in the Selected Attendees display box. 7. From the Available Resources scroll list, click the desired resources to be reserved for the event. As

resources are selected, they are displayed in the Selected Resources display box.

Page 155: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 98 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

8. If desired select a Customer or Vendor to add to the event. Customers and/or vendors selected will receive an e-mail confirmation of the event.

NOTE If resources are selected for an event, and the event is saved, the administrator for each selected resource will receive an e-mail notification of the event and the resources to be reserved.

9. Select the Check for Conflicts check box to automatically verify all selected attendees are available during the selected date/time of the event.

10. Click the Save This Event button or Save As New Event button to save the event and update the calendar. The Schedule New Event screen closes and returns to the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80) displaying the new event.

NOTE Remember, each time an event is scheduled or changed, all invited attendees receive an e-mail notice!

To Change a Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option: This function allows you to edit a calendar event from the My Weekly Calendar & Tasks Worksheet screen (Figure 3-100). Changes to calendar events listed from this screen are also updated in the Event Calendar.

Figure 3-100. My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet Screen – Change Event Function

Page 156: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 99

1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen, <click> the event to be changed from the list of calendar events (Figure 3-100). The Changing Event window displays (Figure 3-101).

NOTE See To View Weekly Calendar Events from the My Worksheet Option for instructions on how to display calendar events.

Figure 3-101. My Worksheet>Changing Event Window

2. Make any desired changes to the event (see the To Add a Calendar Event from the My Worksheet option for screen details).

3. <Click> the Save This Event button or Save As New Event button to save any changes. The Change Event screen closes and returns to the My Weekly Calendar & Task screen (Figure 3-100) displaying the modified event.

To Add a New Task from the My Worksheet Option: 1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen (Figure 3-98), <click> on the Add Task radio

button or the Add New Task option at the bottom of the screen. The Add/Change Task window displays (Figure 3-102).

Page 157: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 100 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Figure 3-102. My Worksheet Add/Change Task Window

The following table describes the Add/Change Task window details.

Assigned Specifies whom the task is assigned to. Priority Specifies the priority assigned to the task when it was added to the

system. Priorities can be set to: Urgent, High, Normal, Low, or New. Project Name of the project the task is associated with. Assigned when a new

task is added. Description Text Box. Enter a description of the task. Status Specifies the status of the project at the time it is added to the system.

Status can be set to: New Task, In Progress, On Hold, or Completed. Type Specifies the type of task. Types include: Assigned, Unassigned,

Completed, and Private. Start/End Date Displays the selected date the project commences/ends. Completion Date Displays the date the task is completed. Department Specifies the department assigned to the task.

Page 158: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 101

Details Text box. Enter details about the task. Comments Text box. Enter any important comments about the task. Save Task Click this button to save the New Task selections. The new task displays

in the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet.

TIMESHEET SECTION Department Select the department the employee is assigned. Job Select a job description from the pull-down menu if a job. Cost Code This data item will only be used if you selected “Job” as the Entry Type,

described earlier. If this entry is to be applied to a Job Cost project/job, you must select a cost code for the system to use when your Time Sheet Entry is posted.

Bill Description If the option to allow “Entry of JC/TB Transaction Description” is turned off in the Master Configuration, this data item will not be displayed. The transaction description will be passed to the Job Cost transaction file when you post the entry.

Hours Worked Enter the number of hours worked for the specified employee. Change Timesheet Click the Change Timesheet button to make any modifications to the

current timesheet. 2. Select a user to assign to the task form the Assigned pull-down menu. Default is adminuser. 3. Select the priority of the task from the Priority pull-down menu. Default is Urgent. 4. Select the project associated with the task from the Project pull-down menu. 5. Enter a description of the task in the Description text box. 6. Select the project status from the Status pull-down menu. Default is New Task. 7. Select the task type from the Type pull-down menu. Default is Unassigned.

8. <Click> the icons next to the Start/End Date display box to open the calendar and select the desired start/end dates for the task. The calendar closes and the selected start/end dated display. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month or year prior to the current date, or <click> on >> to change the month or year after the current date.

9. Select the department associated with the task from the Department pull-down menu. 10. Enter specific information on the task in the Details text box. 11. Enter any necessary comments about the task in the Comments text box. 12. <Click> the Save Task button. The Add/Change Task screen (Figure 3-94) closes and returns to the

Review Tasks (Figure 3-93) screen. The new task displays in the list of tasks.

To Change a Task from the My Worksheet Option: This function allows you to edit a task entry from the My Weekly Calendar & Tasks Worksheet screen (Figure 3-103). Changes to tasks listed from this screen are also updated in the Project/Task Menu Screen.

Page 159: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 102 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

Figure 3-103. My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet Screen – Change Task Function

1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen, click the task you want to change in the Description column (Figure 3-103). The Add/Change Task window (Figure 3-102) displays.

2. Make any desired changes to the task. 3. <Click> the Save Task button. The Add/Change Task screen closes and returns to the My Weekly

Calendar & Task Worksheet screen. The task is updated with the changes.

NOTE <Click> on a task’s due date to add that task to the Event Calendar.

To Mark a Task Complete from the My Worksheet Option: 1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen, click the task you want to change in the

Description column (Figure 3-103). The Add/Change Task window (Figure 3-102) displays. 2. <Click> the icon next to the Completion Date display box to select the date the task is completed. Hint:

<Click> on << to change the month/year prior to the current date, or <click> >> to change the month/year after the current date.

3. <Click> the Save button. The calendar closes and returns to the Review Tasks screen. The task displays with a green line crossing though it to indicate it has been completed.

NOTE This option can also be performed when adding a task for the first time (see the To Add a Task section).

Page 160: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Calendar & Tasks Page 103

To Remove a Task from the My Worksheet Option: This function allows you to remove a task entry from the My Weekly Calendar & Tasks Worksheet screen (Figure 3-104). Changes to tasks listed from this screen are also updated in the Project/Task Menu Screen.

Figure 3-104. My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet Screen – Remove Task Function

1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen, <click> the in the Task # column (Figure 3-104) for the task you want to remove. A dialog box displays confirming the intent to delete the specified task.

2. <Click> the OK button in the dialog box to delete the task and return to the Project/Tasks Menu screen (Figure 3-90).

OR 3. <Click> the Cancel button terminate the remove function. A dialog box displays, <click> the OK button

to close the dialog box and return to the Review Tasks screen.

Page 161: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 104 Calendar & Tasks Chapter 3

To View Weekly Calendar Events from the My Worksheet Option: 1. From the My Weekly Calendar & Task Worksheet screen (Figure 3-98), <click> on the Calendar Events

toggle to select either My Calendar Events or All Calendar Events. 2. <Click> the 1, 2, 3, or 4 radio button to display calendar events for the current week to four weeks ahead.

The list of calendar events displayed expands depending on how many weeks are selected (Figure 3-105).

Figure 3-105. Calendar Events – Weekly View (example)

3. <Click> the icon at the top of the screen to open the Calendar screen (Figure 3-80). The calendar displays in the current month defaulting to the company calendar view (see the Event Calendar section for all functions related to this screen).

Page 162: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Tips & Tricks Page 105

TIPS & TRICKS Do you have a "Jack of All Trades" employee in your company or IT department? Well, we do and it’s Ray! Ray is the guy that knows it all, can get it all, and helps all. When Ray gets around to it, he’ll write documents such as troubleshooting suggestions, helpful hints, lessons learned, short cut functions, voice mail setup procedures, etc. The Tips & Tricks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen is where various different helpful documents and links can be "housed" so that they are easily accessed, managed, and ready on demand. This option functions exactly like the Documentation section on the right side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

All these menu options are user-defined in the DP/DashBoard Admin>DP/DashBoard Config options. Titles, headings, images, and main menu icons can all be customized to what you want them to be. You can also limit who has the ability to view these documents (see the To Add a New Document section of the DP/DashBoard Admin>DP/DashBoard Config Options>Setup Ray Sheds Light section).

These features are accessible in the Tips & Tricks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-106).

Figure 3-106. Tips & Tricks Section>Ray Sheds Light

General Ray Sheds Light Functions The following sections describe procedures on how to open documents from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, print documents on demand, and download documents. These procedures can be performed from the Ray Shed’s Light screen under the Tips & Tricks section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Page 163: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 106 Tips & Tricks Chapter 3

To Open a Ray Sheds Light Document or Link: 1. From the Ray Sheds Light screen, select the desired document or link from the Documentation

Description column (Figure 3-107). The document /link opens in the appropriate associated program.

Figure 3-107. Ray Sheds Light – Open Document Function

NOTE You must have the associated application loaded on your system in order for the document to open (i.e. if you are trying to open an .xls file, you need to have Microsoft Excel loaded on your system.)

To Print a Ray Sheds Light Document: 1. From the Ray Sheds Light screen, <right-click> the document you want to print from the Document

Description column and select the Print Target option (Figure 3-108). The Print window displays. 2. Select the desired printer and <click> the Print button.

Page 164: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Tips & Tricks Page 107

Figure 3-108. Ray Sheds Light – Print Function Example

To Download a Ray Sheds Light Document: 1. In the Ray Shed’s Light screen, <right-click> the desired document to be downloaded (Figure 3-109) and

select the Save Target As option. The Save As window (Figure 3-110) displays.

Page 165: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 108 Tips & Tricks Chapter 3

Figure 3-109. Setup Ray Sheds Light- Download Document Function

Figure 3-110. Save As Window

2. Select the desired directory to download the file into from the Save In pull-down menu. 3. If desired, rename the document in the File Name pull-down menu. 4. If appropriate, change the file type in the Save as type pull-down menu. 5. <Click> the Save button. The document saves in the selected directory as the file name/type specified.

Page 166: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 109

REPORTS AND DRILLDOWNS The Reports and Drilldown menu options from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, allow you to access Report functions and Drilldown capabilities, based on the Infinity POWER accounting modules installed. You must have the following Infinity POWER modules installed for all DP/DashBoard features to be accessible: General Ledger (GL), Accounts Payable (AP), Accounts Received (AR), Check Reconciliation (CR), and Customer Support Management (SD).

NOTE If these modules are not installed, these features will not be available in the DP/DashBoard application. Although the Customer Support Management Module is included in the purchase price of DP/DashBoard, it does require the additional purchase of the A/R module to take full advantage of this system.

The special reporting features are accessible in the Reports & Drilldowns section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-111).

Figure 3-111. Reports and Drilldowns Main Menu Options

Perform General Ledger Company Consolidation This option allows you to combine several companies, at varying percentages of ownership, into one Consolidation Entity so that you can run various reports. For example, your company purchases 35% of another company. You will be maintaining the records of this subsidiary as well as your parent company. In order to give a complete financial picture to your Board of Directors, the subsidiary's financial statements must be combined with the parent company's financial statements. Simply set up a consolidation entity in the Windows GUI, Windows character-based, or SCO UNIX/LINUX version of the Infinity POWER G/L module first, which will consolidate 100% of the parent company's financial statements with 35% of the subsidiary's.

Keep in mind that all companies that are being consolidated must have the same Month of Year End and consistent Chart of Accounts. Otherwise, this could cause information to be distorted or be inaccurate.

NOTE The Consolidation Entity must already be set up in the Infinity POWER General Ledger application to perform this option.

Page 167: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 110 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Perform General Ledger Company Consolidation option (Figure 3-112) is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Figure 3-112. Reports & Drilldowns>Perform General Ledger Company Consolidation

To Consolidate an Entity: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System Window, select the Perform General

Ledger Company Consolidation option from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Perform General Ledger Consolidation screen displays (Figure 113).

Figure 113. Perform General Ledger Consolidation Screen

2. Select the desired company from the Consolidation Entity: pull-down menu. Since there can be a wide variety of choices, this is a pull-down menu list.

Page 168: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 111

3. <Click> the Begin Process button. This process may take several minutes and the screen may clear while the program is performing the consolidation. When the consolidation is finished, a message displays confirming the consolidation is complete. The system displays when each company is processed.

NOTE If a company is not found, a message displays indicating that this company is not included in the consolidation.

4. <Click> the Return to Menu option. The screen closes and returns to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Balance Sheet This option prints a Balance Sheet in the format specified in the Setup Financial Statements option in the Infinity POWER General Ledger (G/L) module. The Balance Sheet is a statement of your company’s financial position, a snapshot of your business at a given moment in time. It lists your assets, your liabilities, and the difference between the two, which is your net worth. The accounting equation (assets = liabilities + owner's equity) is the basis for the Balance Sheet.

The Balance Sheet is typically printed after all adjusting entries made in the general journal entries have been posted to the general ledger, accounts have been footed to arrive at the period end totals, and an adjusted trial balance is prepared from the general ledger amounts. However, it can also be used as an on-going daily barometer for current cash balances and much more.

Once all information is posted to the General Ledger, the data is immediately available for printing all financial reports (such as the Balance Sheet).

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Balance Sheet option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-114).

Figure 3-114. Reports & Drilldowns>Balance Sheet

To Display a Balance Sheet Report: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System screen, select the Balance Sheet option

from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Balance Sheet Reports screen displays (Figure 3-115).

Page 169: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 112 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-115. Balance Sheet Reports Screen

Balance Sheet report formats available are:

Normal Prints a Balance Sheet in standard format (two pages). The exact way the report is presented and printed is controlled entirely by the user in setting up Financial Statement Maintenance in the Infinity POWER General Ledger module. This normally includes Asset accounts on page one of the report and all Liabilities and Owner's Equity accounts on page two.

Budget Comparison

Prints a Balance Sheet that includes any budgeted numbers setup in the SetUp Accounts option when configuring your Chart of Accounts or the option to setup or enter change budgets, in the Infinity POWER GL module. The report will compare the budgeted numbers against the actual and print any variance between the two numbers. Any over budget amounts will appear as a positive number; under-budget as a negative number.

Comparative Year

Prints a Balance Sheet with two printed columns of information. The first column reflects the current year's information as of the system date. This information is identical to printing the normal Balance Sheet. The second column reflects the prior year's information configured in the Set Up Accounts option in the Infinity POWER GL module.

Page 170: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 113

Comparative Month/Year

Prints a Balance Sheet that compares the current month's actual account balances with both the prior month's actual account balances and the prior year's actual account balances for the same month.

6 Month Trend Prints a Balance Sheet that compares the current month's actual account balances with the previous five (5) month’s actual account balances, even if the previous months occurred in a prior year.

To run this version of the report, you must have data files in the prior year, if the date range selected crosses back into a prior year. Otherwise, a warning displays and the report will not run. If you do not desire to create prior year's data files, simply run the report with the system date set to the sixth fiscal period of the year or higher.

2. Select the desired Balance Sheet from the Balance Sheet Format: pull-down menu. 3. Select the desired report type from the Report Type: pull-down menu. The report type options are pre-

defined based on the configuration defined in the Infinity POWER General Ledger module. 4. <Click> the View Report button. The Balance Sheet Report screen (Figure 3-116) displays containing

the specified report information.

NOTE The Run Date and Time information appearing at the top half of the report may be turned ON or OFF in the master configuration.

Figure 3-116. Balance Sheet Report Screen – Normal (Example)

Page 171: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 114 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

NOTE <Click> on the PDF icon in the top left of the report to display a printable PDF version of the report.

5. <Click> the <<Back to Previous option to request another report or the <<Back to Main Menu option to return to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Income Statement This option prints an Income Statement in the format specified in the Setup Financial Statements option in the Infinity POWER General Ledger module (i.e. normal, budget- comparison, comparative year, comparative month/year, 6 month trend, etc.).

The Income Statement is one of the key financial reports utilized by a business. It lists your income, expenses, and net income (loss). Your business’ tax return will use a variation of the Income Statement to determine your potentially taxable income.

The Income Statement is typically prepared after all adjusting entries are made in the general journal, all journal entries have been posted to the general ledger, the general ledger accounts have been footed to arrive at the period end totals, and an adjusted trial balance has been prepared from the general ledger totals. Once all information is posted to the General Ledger, the data is immediately available for printing financial reports (such as the Income Statement). It may be printed on demand throughout the month to monitor a company’s sales progress.

The following screens illustrate the Reports & Drilldowns>Income Statement option located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-117).

Figure 3-117. Reports & Drilldowns>Income Statement

To Display an Income Statement: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Income Statement option from the

Reports & Drilldowns section. The Income Statement Reports screen displays (Figure 3-118).

Page 172: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 115

Figure 3-118. Income Statement Reports Screen

Income Statement report formats available are:

Normal Prints an Income Statement in standard format (two pages). The exact way the report is presented and printed is controlled entirely by the user in setting up Financial Statement Maintenance in the Infinity POWER General Ledger module.

Budget Comparison

Prints an Income Statement that includes any budgeted numbers setup in the SetUp Accounts option when configuring your Chart of Accounts or the option to setup or enter change budgets, in the Infinity POWER GL module. The report will compare the budgeted numbers against the actual and print any variance between the two numbers. Any over budget amounts will appear as a positive number; under-budget as negative numbers.

Comparative Year

Prints an Income Statement with two printed columns of information. The first column reflects the current year's information as of the system date. This information is identical to printing the normal Balance Sheet. The second column reflects the prior year's information configured in the Set Up Accounts option in the Infinity POWER GL module.

Comparative Month/Year

Prints an Income Statement that compares the current month's actual account balances with both the prior month's actual account balances and the prior year's actual account balances for the same month.

Page 173: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 116 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

6 Month Trend Prints an Income Statement that compares the current month's actual account balances with the previous five (5) month’s actual account balances, even if the previous months occurred in a prior year.

To run this version of the report, you must have data files in the prior year, if the date range selected crosses back into a prior year. Otherwise, a warming displays warning and the report will not run. If you do not desire to create prior year's data files, simply run the report with the system date set to the sixth fiscal period of the year or higher.

Quarterly Statement

Prints an Income Statement providing quarter-to-date and year-to-date figures, useful for estimating tax liability. If you are using 13 Period processing, this report will not print. The "Year-to-Date Only" report provides year to date only statements, beneficial for preparing the IRS statement at year-end without showing all of the last month's adjustments and depreciation entries.

Year-To-Date Only

Print an Income Report providing the year-to-date figures only. No monthly totals will appear.

Annual Budget Prints an Income Statement providing the current period actual, the Year-to-Date actual, the annual budget, the portion of the remaining budget that is left for the year, and their respective percentages. This is an ideal report for telling management where they stand relative to the point in time within a fiscal year.

2. Select the desired Income Statement form from the Income Statement Format pull-down menu. 3. Select the desired report type from the Report Type pull-down menu. The report type options are pre-

defined based on the configuration defined in the Infinity POWER General Ledger module. 4. <Click> the View Report button. The Income Statement Report screen displays the requested report

information (Figure 3-119).

Page 174: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 117

Figure 3-119. Income Statement Report Screen –Normal (Example)

NOTE <Click> on the PDF icon in the top left of the report to display a printable PDF version of the report.

5. <Click> the <<Back to Previous option to request another report or the <<Back to Main Menu option to return to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Financial Statement Drilldown This option displays financial statements in Balance Sheet, Income Statement, and Cashflow report formats. The drilldown capability allows you to select individual components on each report to get specific financial data on those selected items (i.e. Balance Sheet>Current Assets>Y-T-D Amount). The Drilldown function provides the capability to tailor financial statements to display only the content you are interested in viewing.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Financial Statement Drilldown option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-120).

Page 175: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 118 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-120. Reports & Drilldowns>Income Statement

To Access the Financial Statement Drilldown Option: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System screen, select the Financial Statement

Drilldown option from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Financial Statements Drilldown Reports screen displays (Figure 3-121).

Figure 3-121. Financial Statement Drilldown Reports Screen

Page 176: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 119

NOTE Financial Statement formats available are solely based on the number of financial statement formats you have defined for each company.

Balance Sheet This Financial Statement Drilldown option displays a financial report in Balance Sheet format, providing the month-to-date (M-T-D) and year-to-date (Y-T-D) balances for the following Balance Sheet components: Current Assets, Fixed Assets, Other Assets, Current Liabilities, Long Term Liability, Stockholder Equity, and Current Period Profit (Loss).

To Display a Balance Sheet: 1. From the Financial Statement Drilldown Reports Screen, select one of the formats defined in your system.

In the INS Sample Co. this would appear as Balance – Balance Sheet or Balance2 – Balance Sheet – Bank Copy, in the Financial Statement Format pull-down menu. The appropriate Balance Sheet report displays (Figure 3-122).

Figure 3-122. Balance Sheet Report

To Drilldown a Balance Sheet Report: 1. <Click> a component in the Description column of the Balance Sheet report to drilldown and display the

next report level (i.e. Current Assets) (Figure 3-123). The Financial Statement Drilldown Report screen displays (Figure 3-124) containing the M-T-D and Y-T-D balances for the selected component.

Page 177: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 120 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-123. Financial Statement Drilldown>Balance Sheet>Current Assets (Example)

Figure 3-124. Current Assets Drilldown Report (Example)

Page 178: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 121

2. <Click> a Balance in either the M-T-D Account or Y-T-D Account columns (Figure 3-125) to drilldown and display the next report level containing the detailed balance information (Figure 3-126).

Figure 3-125. Financial Statement Drilldown>Balance Sheet>Current Assets>Cash in Bank (example)

Page 179: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 122 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-126. Cash in Bank Drilldown Report (example)

The following table describes the details in the lowest level drilldown report:

Date Date of transaction of the listed components. Journal Displays journal entry number assigned in the Infinity POWER GL module. It may

be up to five (5) characters (alpha/numeric). Description Description of transaction type of the listed components. User definable, 15-20

alpha/numeric characters. Check Check number associated with the listed components. Transaction # Transaction number associated with listed components. Amount Total accrued balance for the selected component (either M-T-D or

Y-T-D).

Cashflow This Financial Statement Drilldown option displays a financial report in Cashflow format, providing the month-to-date (M-T-D) and year-to-date (Y-T-D) cashflow amounts for Net Income, numerous account ranges, and Cash & Cash Equivalent at Beginning of Period. Cashflow is a summary of your business’ inflows and outflows over a specified period of time.

This will give you some indication of your business’ ability to create the resources necessary for expansion, or ability to support the business owner, as well as recognize excessive cash flow gaps.

Page 180: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 123

NOTE When the company has a "cash inflow" into the business relative to a specific account or category, it will be reflected on this report as a positive number. Accounts or categories that have used cash and created a "cash outflow" during this period will reflect negative amounts.

To Display a Statement of Cash Flows: 1. From the Financial Statement Drilldown Reports Screen, select a Cashflow Financial Statement

format defined in your system. In the INS Sample Co. this would appear as Cashflow – Statement of Cash Flows in the Financial Statement Format pull-down menu. The Statement of Cash Flows report displays (Figure 3-127).

Figure 3-127. Statement of Cash Flows Report

To Drilldown a Statement of Cash Flows: 1. <Click> a component in the Description column of the cashflow report (Figure 3-128) to drilldown and

display the next report level (e.g. Net Income). The Statement of Cash Flows report screen displays containing the M-T-D and Y-T-D balances for the selected component (Figure 3-129).

Page 181: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 124 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-128. Financial Statement Drilldown>Cashflow>Net Income (example)

Figure 3-129. Net Income Drilldown Report (example)

Page 182: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 125

2. <Click> a component in either the M-T-D Account or Y-T-D Account columns (Figure 3-130) to drilldown and display the next report level containing the detailed cashflow information (Figure 3-131).

Figure 3-130. Financial Statement Drilldown>Cashflow>Net Income>Service Charges (example)

Page 183: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 126 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-131. Service Charges Drilldown Report (example)

The following table describes the Service Charges report details:

Date Date of transaction of the listed components. Journal Displays journal entry number assigned in the Infinity POWER GL module. It may

be up to five (5) characters (alpha/numeric). Description Description of transaction type of the listed components. Check Check number associated with the listed components. Transaction # Transaction number associated with listed components. Amount Total accrued balance for the selected component (either M-T-D or

Y-T-D).

Page 184: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 127

Income Statement This Financial Statement Drilldown option displays a financial report in Income Statement format, providing the month-to-date (M-T-D) and year-to-date (Y-T-D) income for the following components: Revenue, COGS ACCTS, OPERATING EXPENSES, and specified account ranges.

To Display an Income Statement: 1. From the Financial Statement Drilldown Reports Screen, select a Financial Statement format defined in

your system. In the INS Sample Co. this would appear as Income–Income Statement or Income2 – Income Statement/Whole Dollars in the Financial Statement Format pull-down menu. The appropriate Income Statement report displays (Figure 3-132).

Figure 3-132. Income Statement Report

To Drilldown an Income Statement: 1. <Click> a component in the Description column of the Income Statement report (Figure 3-133) to

drilldown and display the next report level (e.g. Operating Expenses). The Financial Statement Drilldown Report screen displays containing the M-T-D and Y-T-D balances for the selected component (Figure 3-134).

Page 185: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 128 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-133. Financial Statement Drilldown>Income – Income Statement>Operating Expenses (example)

Figure 3-134. Operating Expenses Drilldown Report (example)

Page 186: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 129

2. <Click> a component in either the M-T-D Account or Y-T-D Account columns (Figure 3-135) to drilldown and display the next report level containing the detailed income information (Figure 3-136).

Figure 3-135. Financial Statement Drilldown>Income – Income Statement>Operating Expenses>Wages and Salaries (example)

Page 187: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 130 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-136. Financial Statement Drilldown>Income – Income Statement>Operating Expenses>Wages and Salaries Report (example)

The following table describes the Wages and Salaries report details: Date Date of transaction of the listed components. Journal Displays journal entry number assigned in the Infinity POWER GL module. It may

be up to five (5) alpha/numeric characters. Description Description of transaction type of the listed components. Check Check number associated with the listed components. Transaction # Transaction number associated with listed components. Amount Total accrued balance for the selected component . (either M-T-D or

Y-T-D).

Page 188: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 131

Bank Account Balances This option displays the true balance for associated General Ledger Cash Accounts. The cash balance in your books never agrees with the balance shown on the bank statement due to the delay of unrecorded transactions, checks, deposits, and errors. The Bank Account Balance function performs a bank reconciliation on the specified account. Such information includes both the account balance (balance without consideration for deposits/debits to the account) and the book balance (balance after consideration for cleared and outstanding checks, cleared and outstanding deposits, etc).

Once all information is posted to the General Ledger, the data is immediately available for printing financial reports such as the Bank Account Balances.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Bank Account Balances option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-137).

Figure 3-137. Reports & Drilldowns>Bank Account Balances

To Display a Bank Account Balances Report: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System Window, select the Bank Account

Balances option from the DP/DashBoard Reports & Drilldowns section. The Bank Account Balances screen displays (Figure 3-138).

Page 189: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 132 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-138. Bank Account Balances Screen

The following table describes the Bank Account Balances screen details:

Acct # Incrementally numbers accounts as they are added. Newer accounts display at the bottom of the list.

Description Selecting a component in this column allows you to view the reconciliation on that account.

Bank Account # Actual account number assigned by the bank. GL Cash Account General Ledger Cash Account number. Date Reconciled Date in which the specified account is balanced.

To Drilldown a Bank Account Balances Report: 1. <Click> a component in the Description column of the Bank Account Balances report (Figure 3-139) to

drilldown and display the next report level (e.g. Default Bank Account). The Bank Account Balances screen displays containing the detailed account information for the selected component (Figure 3-140).

Page 190: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 133

Figure 3-139. Reports & Drilldowns>Bank Account Balances>Description Drilldown (1 of 2)

Figure 3-140. Reports & Drilldowns>Bank Account Balances>Description Drilldown (2 of 2)

Page 191: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 134 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

2. <Click> the desired component (GL Cash Account, Cleared Checks, Cleared Deposits, Outstanding Checks, or Outstanding Deposits (Figure 3-141) to drilldown and display the next report level containing the specified detailed information. The appropriate report displays (Figure 3-142).

Figure 3-141. Bank Account Balances Screen>Default Bank Account<Outstanding Checks (example)

Figure 3-142. Bank Account Balances Screen>Default Bank Account<Outstanding Checks Displayed (example)

Page 192: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 135

Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown This option lists the balances due to your suppliers and other creditors. The Accounts Payable Aging report provides a breakdown by supplier of the total amount of your accounts payable balance (past or future). Using this report can inform you of any discrepancies in satisfying your accounts payable. If the report indicates you have several bills past due, you may need to reevaluate how your cash flow is being managed. It is common to run an accounts payable aging report at the end of each month.

NOTE The sum of the amounts you owe to your suppliers is listed as a current liability on your balance sheet.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Payable Aging and Drilldown option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-143).

Figure 3-143. Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown

To Display an Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Report: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System screen, select the Accounts Payable

Aging & Drilldown option from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown screen displays (Figure 3-144).

Page 193: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 136 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-144. Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Screen

2. Select the desired report age (7-day or 30-day) to be run from the Aging Criteria pull-down menu. 3. Select the desired aging type (Future or Past) from the Aging Type pull-down menu. 4. <Click> the View Report button. The appropriate Aging & Drilldown report displays in the format

specified (Figure 3-145).

Page 194: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 137

Figure 3-145. Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown >7-Day-Future Aging Report (example)

The following table describes the Accounts Payable Past/Future Due Aging report details:

Vendor # Number associated with the Vendor Name as defined in the Infinity POWER Accounts Payable module.

Name Name of the supplier/creditor owed payment. Current Due Current balance owed to the specified vendor. 1-7 Days For Past Aging: Lists the amount owed to specified vendor in the

previous week.

For Future Aging: Lists amount owed to specified vendor in the following week.

8-14 Days For Past Aging: List the amount owed to specified vendor in the previous two weeks. For Future Aging: Lists the amount owed to specified vendor in the following two weeks.

Over 14 For Past Aging: Lists the amount owed to specified vendor over two weeks prior. For Future Aging: Lists the amount owed to specified vendor beyond the following two weeks.

Other Summary column for all other open items that are outside the range of the Define Aging categories.

Total Displays the total amount owed to the specified vendor.

Page 195: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 138 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

To Drilldown an Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Report: 1. <Click> a component in the Name column (Figure 3-146) of the Past/Future Due Aging report to

drilldown by customer and display the next report level (e.g. Bower’s Roofing Supplies). The Past/Future Due Aging screen displays (Figure 3-147) depending on the criteria selected.

Figure 3-146. Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown >7-Day-Future Aging Report >Customer Drilldown Report (example)

1 of 2

Page 196: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 139

Figure 3-147. Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown >7-Day-Future Aging Report >Customer Drilldown Report (example)

2 of 2

The following table describes the Accounts Payable Customer drilldown report details:

Vendor Name Name of the supplier/creditor. Vendor Phone Phone number of the vendor contact. Vendor Contact Name of contact for the supplier/creditor. Vendor E-mail E-mail address of the vendor contact. Date Date of the transaction. Invoice # Invoice number associated with the associated vendor name. You can

drilldown to view detailed transaction data in the format specified for Aging Criteria (7-day, 30-day) and Aging Type (Past or Future).

Type Describes the transaction type that is defined when creating the initial transaction. Transaction types include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Description Describes the purchase order number (PO #) associated with the transaction.

Due Date Date the amount is owed to the specified vendor. Amount Total amount due the to specified vendor.

Page 197: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 140 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

2. <Click> a component in the Invoice # column (Figure 3-148) to drilldown by invoice and display the next report level containing the specified detailed information. The Past/Future Due Aging report displays (Figure 3-149).

NOTE By clicking on the detail headers, items listed can toggle between ascending and descending order

Figure 3-148. Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown >7-Day-Future Aging Report >Customer Drilldown>Invoice Drilldown Report (example)

1 of 2

Page 198: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 141

Figure 3-149. Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown >7-Day-Future Aging Report >Customer Drilldown>Invoice Drilldown Report (example)

2 of 2

The following table describes the Accounts Payable invoice drilldown report details:

Trans Date Date of transaction of the listed components. Transaction Num Transaction number associated with listed components. Trans Type Describes the transaction type that is defined when creating the initial

transaction. Transaction types include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Trans Desc Describes the purchase order number (PO #) associated with the transaction.

Vendor Name of the supplier/creditor. Vendor Contact Name of contact for the supplier/creditor. Phone Phone number of the vendor contact. E-mail E-mail address of the vendor contact. GL Account Account number of the associated General Ledger cash account. GL Description Status of the associated General Ledger cash account. Description Describes the purchase order number (PO #) associated with the

transaction. Amount Total balance owed to specified vendor.

Page 199: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 142 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown This option lists the payable transaction history for the active company selected. The Accounts Payable Transaction report provides a breakdown by supplier of all payable items for a specified period of time.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 2-150).

Figure 2-150. Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown

To Display an Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown Report: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System screen, select the Accounts Payable

Transactions & Drilldown option from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown screen displays (Figure 3-151).

Page 200: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 143

Figure 3-151. Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown Screen

2. <Click> the calendar icon next to the Event Date display box to select the desired date for the event. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month prior to the current date, or <click> >> to change the month after the current date. The calendar closes and the selected beginning date displays.

3. Select the desired report type (vouchers or checks) from the Report Type pull-down menu. 4. <Click the View Report button. The appropriate register report displays (Figure 3-152) listing all payable

items for the specified date range.

Page 201: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 144 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-152. Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown >General Ledger Accounts Summary Report (example)

The following table describes the Accounts Payable Transactions General Ledger Accounts Summary report details:

Date Date of each transaction listed for the specified date range. Trans # Number associated with transactions listed for the specified date range. Type Describes the type of transaction for each one listed. Transaction types

include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Vendor Name of the supplier/creditor associated with each transaction listed. Description Describes the purpose of the transaction. Amount Amount due for each supplier/creditor associated with each transaction

listed.

Page 202: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 145

To Drilldown an Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown Report: 1. <Click> a component in the Trans # column (Figure 3-153) of the General Ledger Accounts Summary

report to drilldown by transaction number and display the next report level (e.g. Tampa Electric Co.). The Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown screen (Figure 3-154) displays with details on the selected transaction.

Figure 3-153. Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown>General Ledger Accounts Summary Report>Trans # Drilldown Report (example)

1 of 2

Page 203: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 146 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-154. Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown>General Ledger Accounts Summary Report>Trans # Drilldown Report (example)

2 of 2

The following table describes the Accounts Payable Transactions General Ledger Accounts Summary transaction number drilldown report details:

Trans Date Date of the actual selected transaction. Trans Num Number associated with selected transaction. Trans Type Describes the type of transaction for the transaction selected. Transaction

types include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Trans Description Describes the purpose of the transaction selected. Vendor Name of the supplier/creditor. Vendor Contact Name of contact for the supplier/creditor. Phone Phone number of the vendor contact. Email Email address of the vendor contact. GL Account Account number of the associated General Ledger cash account. GL Description General description of the transaction selected. Description Specific description of the transaction selected. Amount Total amount owed to the supplier/vendor for the selected transaction.

Page 204: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 147

Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown This option lists the balances from unpaid invoices or any other money owed to you by your customers. The Accounts Receivable Aging Report is a listing of the customers making up your total accounts receivable balance. Using this report can inform you of any discrepancies in receiving the monies due your firm. It is common to run an accounts receivable aging report at the end of each month.

NOTE The sum of all your customer accounts receivable is listed as a current asset on your balance sheet.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Receivable Aging and Drilldown option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-155).

Figure 3-155. Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown

To Display an Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Report: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System screen, select the Accounts Receivable

Aging & Drilldown option from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown screen (Figure 3-156) displays.

Page 205: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 148 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-156. Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Screen

2. Select the desired report age (Normal or Past Due) to be run from the Aging Criteria: pull-down menu. 3. Select the desired aging type (Due Date or Invoice Date) from the Aging Type pull-down menu. 4. <Click> the View Report button. The appropriate Aging & Drilldown report (Figure 3-157) displays in

the format specified.

Page 206: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 149

Figure 3-157. Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown >Normal-Due Date Aging Report (example)

The following table describes the Accounts Receivable Aging report details:

Customer # Number associated with the Customer Name as defined in the Infinity POWER Accounts Receivable module.

Name Name of each customer with an accounts receivable balance. Current Due Amounts due from customers for sales made during the current month. 1-30 Days Lists the unpaid amount due from customers for sales made in the

previous month. These are the customers with accounts 1 to 30 days past due

31-60 Days Lists the amounts due from customers for sales made two months prior. These are customers with accounts 31 to 60 days past due.

Over 60 Lists the amount due from customers with accounts over 60 days past due.

Other Summary column for all other open items that are outside the range of the Define Aging categories.

Total Displays the total amount owed by the customer.

To Drilldown an Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Report: 1. <Click> a component in the Name column (Figure 3-158) of the Normal/Past Due Aging report to

drilldown by customer and display the next report level (e.g. Sonia Jones Interior Design). The appropriate Accounts Receivable Aging screen displays depending on the criteria selected (Figure 3-159).

Page 207: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 150 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-158. Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown >Normal-Due Date Aging Report>Customer Drilldown Report (example) 1 of 2

Figure 3-159. Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown >Normal-Due Date Aging Report>Customer Drilldown Report (example) 2 of 2

Page 208: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 151

The following table describes the Accounts Receivable customer drilldown report details:

Customer Name Name of the customer. Customer Phone Phone number of the customer. Customer Contact Name of contact for the customer. Customer E-mail E-mail address of the customer contact. Date Date of the transaction. Invoice # Invoice number associated with the associated customer name. You can

drilldown to view detailed transaction data in the format specified for Aging Criteria (Normal or Past Due) and Aging Type (Due Date or Invoice Date).

Type Describes the transaction type that is defined when creating the initial transaction. Transaction types include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Description Describes the purchase order number (PO #) associated with the transaction.

Due Date Date the amount is owed to the specified customer. Amount Total amount due the to specified customer.

2. <Click> a component in the Invoice # column (Figure 3-160) to drilldown by invoice and display the next

report level containing the specified detailed information. The appropriate Accounts Receivable Aging report (Figure 2-161) displays.

NOTE By clicking on the detail headers, items listed can toggle between ascending and descending order.

Page 209: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 152 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-160. Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown >Normal-Due Date Aging Report>Customer Drilldown>Invoice # Drilldown Report (example) 1 of 2

Figure 2-161. Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown >Normal-Due Date Aging Report>Customer Drilldown>Invoice # Drilldown Report (example)

2 of 2

Page 210: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 153

IMPORTANT NOTE If you do NOT want certain employees to see the Cost Amount, then you need to go into the Infinity POWER Advanced Security Module>Set Up Groups or Users, select By Option, select AR module. Turn off rights to “Cost Inquiry”. This will hide the COS Amount column in this drilldown report.

The following table describes the Accounts Receivable invoice drilldown report details:

Trans Date Date of the transaction. Transaction Num Transaction number associated with the selected invoice. Trans Type Describes the transaction type that is defined when creating the initial

transaction. Transaction types include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Trans Desc Describes the transaction as entered at time of billing. Customer Name of the customer. Customer Contact Name of contact for the customer. Phone Phone number of the customer. E-mail E-mail address of the customer contact. IM Item Inventory Management item. Sales Code Sales code associated with item. Description Description of the sale item. Quantity Quantity of the item. U/M Describes the unit of measure associated with the Quantity column. Unit Price Price per unit. Extended Price Total price charged for that line item. COS Amount Cost of sale amount.

Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown This option lists the receivable sales history for the active company selected. The Accounts Receivable Sales report provides a breakdown by supplier of all receivable items for a specified date range.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-162).

Page 211: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 154 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Figure 3-162. Reports & Drilldowns>Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown

To Display an Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting Drilldown Report: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen System screen, select the Accounts Receivable

Sales Reporting & Drilldown option from the Reports & Drilldowns section. The Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown screen (Figure 3-163) displays.

Figure 3-163. Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown Screen

Page 212: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 155

2. <Click> the calendar icon next to the Beginning Date display box to open the calendar and select the desired date for the report date range. The calendar closes and the selected beginning date displays. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month or year prior to the current date, or <click> on >> to change the month or year after the current date.

3. <Click> the calendar icon next to the Ending Date display box to open the calendar and select the desired date for the report date range. The calendar closes and the selected ending date displays. Hint: <Click> on << to change the month or year prior to the current date, or <click> on >> to change the month or year after the current date.

4. Select the desired report type (vouchers or checks) from the Report Type pull-down menu. 5. <Click the View Report button. The Sales Code Summary report (Figure 2-164) displays listing all

receivable sales items for the specified date range.

Figure 2-164. Accounts Receivable Sales & Reporting Drilldown >Sales Code Summary Report (example)

Page 213: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 156 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

The following table describes the Accounts Receivable Sales & Reporting Drilldown - Sales Code Summary report details:

Date Date of each sales transaction listed for the specified date range. Trans # Transaction number associated with each sales transaction. Type Describes the type of transaction for each one listed. Transaction types

include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Customer Name of the customer associated with each transaction listed. Description Describes the purpose of the transaction. Sales Amount Amount due from the customer associated with each transaction listed. COS Amount Cost of sale amount. Pay/Dep Amount Payment amount that has been received by the customer to the associated

sales transaction listed.

To Drilldown by Transaction Number: 1. <Click> a component in the Trans # column (Figure 3-165) of the Sales Code Summary report to

drilldown by transaction number and display the next report level (e.g. 69073.). The Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown screen (Figure 3-166) displays with details on the selected transaction.

Figure 3-165. Accounts Receivable Sales & Reporting Drilldown >Sales Code Summary Report>Trans # Drilldown Report (example)

1 of 2

Page 214: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Reports & Drilldowns Page 157

Figure 3-166. Accounts Receivable Sales & Reporting Drilldown >Sales Code Summary Report>Trans # Drilldown Report (example)

2 of 2

The following table describes the Accounts Receivable Sales Code Summary report transaction number drilldown report details:

Trans Date Date of the transaction. Transaction Num Transaction number associated with the selected invoice. Trans Type Describes the transaction type that is defined when creating the initial

transaction. Transaction types include: invoice, credit memo, debit memo, adjustment, statement, finance charges, retainage, deposit/advance, and payment – check.

Trans Desc Describes the transaction as entered at the time of billing. Customer Name of the customer. Customer Contact Name of contact for the customer. Phone Phone number of the customer. Email Email address of the customer contact. IM Item Inventory Management item. Sales Code Code associated with the selected transaction. Description Describes the sale transaction (e.g. Contract Labor).

Page 215: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 158 Reports & Drilldowns Chapter 3

Quantity Describes the cost per item or cost of service for each transaction listed. Display the “quantity” based on the Accounts Receivable Master Configuration settings

U/M Describes the unit of measure associated with the Quantity column. Unit Price Price per unit purchased. Displays the “unit price decimal places”

based on the Accounts Receivable Master Configuration settings. Extended Price Total price charged for that line item. COS Amount Cost of sale amount. Amount Total amount due from the customer for the selected transaction.

Page 216: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 159

CUSTOMER SUPPORT The Customer Support Management menu options from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, allow you to access and keep track of customer support traffic. Ticklers, support tickets, and customer profiles can be added, changed, and accessed from this main menu function. This assumes, however, that you have purchased and installed the Infinity POWER Accounts Receivable (A/R) module (P/N 104). Otherwise, most of these features will not be available.

These features are accessible in the Customer Support section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Error! Reference source not found.).

Figure 3-167. Customer Support Main Menu Options

Review/Add Ticklers Ticklers are a handy way to keep track of customer support requests. When a customer calls in with a question or problem, an operator can create a tickler describing the issue at hand. This creates a record of that customer request, which can be accessed at any time for reference. While entering the tickler information, an operator has access to the customer’s payment history, past due aging history, as well as previously taken notes on the customer (assuming the A/R module is installed).

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Review/Add Ticklers option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 2-168).

Figure 2-168. Reports & Drilldowns>Review/Add Ticklers

Page 217: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 160 Customer Support Chapter 3

To Review a List of Ticklers: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Error! Reference source not found.), select the

Review/Add Ticklers option from the Customer Support section. The Review/Add Support Ticklers screen (Figure 3-169) displays listing existing tickler information.

Figure 3-169. Review/Add Support Ticklers Screen

The following table describes the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen details:

Date Date tickler was created. Rep Describes which representative created the tickler. Description (View/Edit) Describes the customer problem or request. Clicking a component in this

column opens the Add/Change Tickler screen. Customer # Identifying alpha/numeric characters associated with a customer name.

Created when a new customer is added to the Accounts Receivable module.

Customer Name (Aging/Open Items)

Description of customer that reported the problem or request. Clicking a component in this column displays the Customer Aging/Open Items window. This lists the aging history of open items for the specified customer.

Phone # Customer’s phone number. Contact Name of the main contact person for the customer account. Ticket # System generated number associated with the support ticket. Comments Describes any additional, relevant details pertaining to the tickler.

Page 218: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 161

2. <Click> the Display the Detail of All Ticklers option to review specific details on all open ticklers.

To Add a New Tickler: This option allows you to create a new customer support tickler.

1. From the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen (Figure 3-169), <click> the Add New Tickler option. The Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen (Figure 3-170) displays.

Figure 3-170. Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone Screen

2. Perform one of the following search options: a. Enter the assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box.

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. The Search Customer

screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list.

OR

Page 219: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 162 Customer Support Chapter 3

c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list.

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

3. <Click> the Search button. The Add/Change Tickler screen (Figure 3-171) displays providing all the known customer information in the appropriate fields.

Figure 3-171. Add/Change Tickler Screen

Page 220: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 163

The following table describes the Add/Change Tickler screen details:

Upper Section Cust. # Number associated with the Customer. Clicking the actual customer

number displays a complete payment history report for that customer which can be printed on demand. Clicking the Customer Aging option displays an aging report for that customer.

Co. Name Name of the customer. Clicking on this option opens a View/Add notes window for that customer which can be printed on demand. New notes may also be entered at this point in the program.

Contact Name of main contact person for the customer account. Address Mailing or Physical address of the company (Bill to Address:). Region 5-digit alpha/numeric text string defining the region the customer is

located. CON Min Minutes available in customer’s technical support contract. Phone Phone number of the customer. Fax Fax number of the customer. E-mail E-mail address of the customer. Clicking the e-mail address opens a Send

New Mail window. Special Displays contents of information stored in "special" user defined field

stored in each customer’s mater record. The title of this field can vary depending on whether the user renamed this field in the A/R master configuration.

View Inventory Sales History

Opens the Customer Inventory Sales History screen. All invoices related to the selected customer are displayed. From here you can select a specific invoice to drilldown the transaction details.

Schedule New Event Selecting this option opens the Scheduling New Event window. This option allows you to add either private or public events to the calendar.

Lower section Tickler Date Date tickler was created. Customer # Number associated with the customer whom the tickler has been created. Contact Name of contact person for the customer. Ticket Number Number assigned to support ticket if one is created for that tickler. Check Click the check button to get status on a support ticket generated for that

tickler. Comment 1 Alpha/numeric text box (max of 50 characters). Enter important details

regarding of the nature of the problem or request. Displays in the Comments column of the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen.

Comment 2 Alpha/numeric text box (max of 50 characters). Enter a description of the nature of the problem or request. This is displayed in the Open Support Ticklers window when the Display the Details of All Ticklers option is selected.

Support Rep Describes the type or which support rep generated the tickler (e.g. public relations, in-house, etc)

Page 221: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 164 Customer Support Chapter 3

Customer Name Name of the customer. Phone Number Phone number of the customer. Description Describes the nature of the problem or request from the customer. Displays

in the Description column of the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen. 4. Enter a description of the problem or request in the Comments text box. 5. Make any desired changes to the default information in the Customer Information section (e.g. the

customer may now have a different contact person or phone number). 6. <Click> one of the following buttons to save the tickler:

a. <Click> the Save Tickler button. Add/Change Tickler screen closes and returns to the Review/Add Ticklers screen (Figure 3-169). The new tickler is now added to this screen.

OR b. <Click> the Save and Create Ticket button to save the tickler and create a new customer support

ticket. The Change/Add Ticket screen ( Figure 3-177) displays (see the To Add a Customer Support Ticket section). OR c. <Click> the Save and Complete button to save the tickler and close it out. The tickler is removed

from the list of ticklers in the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen (Figure 3-169).

To Review Tickler Details: This option allows you to view the complete details for each tickler.

1. From the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen (Figure 3-169), <click> the Display the Detail of All Tickers option. The Open Support Ticklers screen (Figure 3-172) displays listing all details.

Figure 3-172. Open Support Ticklers screen

Page 222: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 165

NOTE To quickly find details on a specific tickler, use the Search Page option to perform a keyword search on this screen.

2. <Click> the icon to print the details for all open ticklers.

3. <Click> the icon to return to the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen (Figure 3-169).

To Modify a Tickler: This function allows you to make changes to existing ticklers in the Information on Tickler section of the Add/Change Tickler screen (Figure 3-171).

1. From the Review/Add Support Ticklers screen, <click> the desired component in the Description column to open the tickler to be modified. The Add/Change Tickler screen displays (Figure 3-171).

2. Make any desired changes to the Customer Information section (e.g. the customer may now have a different contact person).

3. <Click> one of the following buttons to save the modifications to the tickler: a. <Click> the Save Tickler button. Add/Change Tickler screen (Figure 3-171) closes and returns to the

Review/Add Ticklers screen. The new tickler is now added to this screen. OR b. <Click> the Save and Create Ticket button to save the tickler and create a new customer support

ticket. The Save/Add Ticket screen displays (see the following section, Review/Add Customer Support Tickets).

OR c. <Click> the Save and Complete button to save the tickler and close it out. The tickler is removed

from the list of ticklers in the Review/Add Support Tickets screen (Figure 3-169).

NOTE When a tickler is removed from the list of open ticklers, it still remains in the DP/DashBoard system. The history can be retrieved for a specified customer only if it has been converted to a support ticket. Support tickets may be billable to a customer or not (i.e. warranty or pre-sale inquiries).

Review/Add Customer Support Tickets Customer Support tickets are generated when the decision has been made that it is necessary to take action to satisfy a tickler. The time of each support call is recorded to manage billable support issues or for better call tracking purposes.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Review/Add Customer Support Tickets option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-173).

Page 223: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 166 Customer Support Chapter 3

Figure 3-173. Reports & Drilldowns>Review/Add Customer Support Tickets

To Review a Customer Support Ticket: This option allows you to review the support ticket history for a specified customer. You have the option of viewing all the tickets or just tickets from the prior year.

1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Error! Reference source not found.), select the Review/Add Customer Support Tickets option from the Customer Support section. The Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen (Figure 3-174) displays.

Figure 3-174. Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone Screen – Review Add Customer Support Tickets

Page 224: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 167

2. Perform one of the following search options: a. Enter the assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box. <Click> the Search button.

The Review Customer Support tickets screen displays (Figure 3-243) listing any tickets.

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. The Search Customer

screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

OR c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box. The Search Customer screen

displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

Figure 3-175. Review Customer Support Tickets Screen

Page 225: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 168 Customer Support Chapter 3

The following table describes the Review Customer Support Tickets screen details:

Cust. # Number associated with the Customer. Clicking the actual customer number displays a payment history report for that customer. Clicking the Customer Aging option displays an aging report for that customer.

Co. Name Name of the customer. Clicking on this option opens a View/Add notes window for that customer. Adding notes may be done through this option.

Contact Name of the main contact person for the customer account.. Address Mailing or Physical address of the company (Bill To Address). Region 5-digit alpha/numeric text string defining the region the customer is

located. CON Min Minutes available in customer’s technical support contract. Phone Phone number of the customer. Fax Fax number of the customer. E-mail E-mail address of the customer. Clicking the e-mail address opens a Send

New Mail window. Special Displays contents of information stored in "special" user defined field

stored in each customer’s mater record. The title of this field can vary depending on whether the user renamed this field in the A/R master configuration.

View Inventory Sales History

Opens the Customer Inventory Sales History screen. All invoices related to the selected customer are displayed. From here you can select a specific invoice to drilldown the transaction details.

Schedule New Event Selecting this option opens the Scheduling New Event window. This option allows you to add either private or public events to the calendar.

Add New Ticket Displays the Change/Add Ticket screen. 3. <Click> the Review All Tickets For option to display the entire history of customer support tickets for

the specified customer. The Review All Customer Support Tickets window (Figure 3-176) displays.

Page 226: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 169

Figure 3-176. Review All Customer Support Tickets Screen

4. <Click> the icon to print the customer support ticket history.

5. <Click> the icon to close this window and return to the Review Customer Support Tickets screen (Figure 3-175).

6. <Click> the Review All Prior Year Tickets For option to display the history of support tickets from the prior year only for the specified customer. The Review Customer Support Tickets for Prior Year window displays.

7. <Click> the icon to print the customer support ticket history for the prior year.

8. <Click> the icon to close this window and return to the Review Customer Support Tickets screen (Figure 3-175).

To Add a Customer Support Ticket: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-235), select the Review/Add

Customer Support Tickets option from the Customer Support section. The Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen displays (Figure 3-174).

2. Perform one of the following search options: a. Enter the assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box. <Click> the Search

button. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

Page 227: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 170 Customer Support Chapter 3

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. The Search Customer

screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

OR c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box. The Search Customer

screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

3. <Click> the Add New Ticket option. The Change/Add Ticket screen displays (Figure 3-177) listing customer contact.

Figure 3-177. Change/Add Ticket Screen (expanded to show all details)

Page 228: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 171

The following table describes the Change/Add Tickets screen details:

Cust. # Number associated with the Customer. Clicking the actual customer number displays a payment history report for that customer. Clicking the Customer Aging option displays an aging report for that customer.

Co. Name Name of the customer. Clicking on this option opens a View/Add notes window for that customer. Previously written notes on that customer can be viewed, or new ones can be added.

Contact Name of the main contact person for the customer account. Address Mailing or Physical address of the company (Bill to Address). Region 5-digit alpha/numeric text string defining the region the customer is

located. CON Min Minutes available in customer’s technical support contract. Phone Phone number of the customer. Fax Fax number of the customer. E-mail E-mail address of the customer. Clicking the e-mail address opens a Send

New Mail window. Special Displays contents of information stored in "special" user defined field

stored in each customer’s mater record. The title of this field can vary depending on whether the user renamed this field in the A/R master configuration.

View Inventory Sales History

Opens the Customer Inventory Sales History screen. All invoices related to the selected customer are displayed. From here you can select a specific invoice to drilldown the transaction details.

Schedule New Event Selecting this option opens the Scheduling New Event window. This option allows you to add either private or public events to the calendar.

Ticket Date Take new ticket is generated. Defaults to current date. Support Rep Name of the support representative that handled the customer call. Bill to Cust Defines the Customer #. Defaults to the number assigned to that customer. Name Name of Customer. New Click the New button if this call should be changed to another customer’s

account. Therefore the support can be provided to one customer and billed to another.

Serial: This is the serial number of a product the call should be tracked against. These serial numbers are setup in the Customer Support Management application.

Contact Name of the contact person who reported the problem or request. Status Describes the status of the support ticket as either Open, Resolved, or

Updated. Problem Enter a description of the problem or request from the customer. Solution Enter a description of the solution if the issue is solved. Follow Up Describes follow up procedures for the support ticket. Pull-down menu

options are Problem Resolved or Call Back.

Page 229: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 172 Customer Support Chapter 3

Start Time Start time of the support call at the point the decision is made to create a ticket.

End Time End time of the support call. Click the Set Time button to have the system automatically enter the ending time.

Billing Type Describes the method of billing that will be applied to the customer. Total Qty Click the Calculate button to calculate the total billable time for the support

call. Time is based on the start time and end time of the call. Billing Qty Calculates the billing amount to be applied to the customer. Contract Status Status of the customer technical support contract. EXP shows the customer

has expired their pre-paid technical support minutes. Clicking the check button will force a search for a current update to this field.

4 Select your name/initials from the Support Rep pull-down menu to identify you created the support

ticket. 5. Enter the customer contact person reporting the problem or request in the Contact text box. 6. <Click> the Contract Status Check button at the bottom right of the screen to determine if the customer

has either an active, close to expiring, or expired contract.

NOTE It is recommended to check the status of the contract in the beginning of the call so that the customer can purchase additional support minutes if necessary.

7. Enter a detailed description of the problem or request in the Problem text box. 8. Enter a detailed description of the recommended solution in the Solution text. In both cases, remember to

be thorough. Many times these entries can be the only history of what occurred and could be used in legal disputes.

9. Select the appropriate category from the Status and Follow-Up: pull-down menus. 10. When the call is complete, click the Set Time button to record the end time of the customer support call.

The current time displays in the End Time display box. 11. Select the appropriate method of billing to be applied to the customer from the Billing Type pull-down

menu. 12. <Click> the Calculate button to automatically calculate the total minutes of the support call. The Billing

Qty: text box displays the amount calculated in the Total Qty: text box and applies the specified billing rate per minute 3.5 for $3.50/minute).

NOTE The billing rate depends on the status of the contract. You can manually change this rate by entering a new rate in place of the default rate.

13. Click the Save This Ticket button. A confirmation message displays that the support ticket record has been updated and returns to the Customer Support Ticket screen, which now displays the new ticket.

To Change a Customer Support Ticket: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Error! Reference source not found.), select the

Review/Add Customer Support Tickets option from the Customer Support section. The Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen displays (Figure 3-174).

2. Perform one of the following search options:

Page 230: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 173

a. Enter the assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box. <Click> the Search button. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER A/R module.

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. The Search Customer

screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

OR c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box. The Search Customer

screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Review Customer Support Tickets screen displays (Figure 3-175) listing any tickets.

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

3. In the Ticket # column, <click> on the ticket you want to change. The Change/Add Ticket screen displays (Figure 3-177) listing details on the support ticket specified.

4. Make any desired changes to the ticket information. 5. <Click> the Save This Ticket button.

NOTE Changes cannot be made to tickets that have had their status changed to "updated."

Search for Customer Support Ticket This option allows you to search for a customer support ticket by entering the associated ticket, customer, or serial number. You can also search by keyword.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Search for Customer Support Ticket option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-178).

Figure 3-178. Reports & Drilldowns>Search for Customer Support Ticket

Page 231: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 174 Customer Support Chapter 3

To Search for a Customer Support Ticket: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Error! Reference source not found.), select the

Search for Customer Support Ticket option from the Customer Support section. The Search for Support Ticket screen displays (Figure 3-179).

Figure 3-179. Search for Support Ticket Screen

2. Perform one of the following seach options: a Enter the appropriate information in the Ticket Number, Customer Name, or Serial Number text

box.

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER A/R module.

OR b. Enter a keyword in the Keyword Search text box and select the desired duration from the # of

Years History pull-down menu. 3. <Click> the corresponding Search button. The Ticket Information screen displays (Figure 3-180) listing

all the associated support tickets.

Page 232: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 175

Figure 3-180 Ticket Information Screen

4. Select the desired support ticket listed in the Ticket # column. The details of the selected support ticket display.

Change Customer Profile Profile information on customers can be modified, if necessary. This function also allows you to view a specific customer’s aging history, payment history, or add detailed notes.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Change Customer Profile option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-181).

Figure 3-181. Reports & Drilldowns>Change Customer Profile

Page 233: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 176 Customer Support Chapter 3

To Change a Customer Profile: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Error! Reference source not found.), select the

Change Customer Profile option from the Customer Support section. The Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen displays (Figure 3-182).

Figure 3-182. Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone Screen – Change Customer Profile Screen

2. Perform one of the following search options: a. Enter the assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box. <Click> the Search

button. The Change Customer Profile screen displays (Figure 3-183).

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER A/R module.

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. <Click> the Search

button. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Change Customer Profile screen displays (Figure 3-183).

OR c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box. <Click> the Search

button. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Change Customer Profile screen displays (Figure 3-183).

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER A/R module (i.e. use of dashes versus parenthesis).

Page 234: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 177

Figure 3-183. Change Customer Profile Screen (new screen)

The following table describes the Change Customer Profile screen details:

Show or Hide Ship-To Toggles between displaying and hiding the customer’s ship-to address. The Ship-To address can be modified by clicking on this option.

Customer Name: Name of the customer. Clicking on this option opens a View/Add notes window for that customer. Adding notes may be done through this option.

Address 1 Primary mailing or physical address of the company (Bill To Address). Address 2 Alternate mailing address of the company (Bill To Address). City City associated with the address provided in Address 1 text box. State State associated with the address provided in the Address 1 text box. Zip Code Zip code associated with the address provided in the Address 1 text box. Country Country associated with the address provided in the Address 1 text box. Contact Name of the main contact person associated with the customer account. Phone Phone number of the customer. Fax Fax number of the customer. E-mail E-mail address of the customer. Clicking the e-mail address opens a Send

New Mail window.

Page 235: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 178 Customer Support Chapter 3

Special Displays contents of information stored in "special" user defined field stored in each customer’s master record. The title of this field can vary depending on whether the user renamed this field in the A/R master configuration.

Salesman Number Pull-down menu. Select the salesman associated with the customer. The Salesman Number is set up in the accounting system. Defaults to House.

Sales Tax Code Pull-down menu. Select the sales tax code associated with the customer. The Sales Tax Code is set up in the accounting system. Defaults to 99 – Exempt.

Salutation Pull-down menu. Select the appropriate salutation for main contact person of the customer account.

Title Title of the main contact person of the customer account. First Name Full first name of the main contact person associated with the customer

account. Middle Name Middle name of the main contact person associated with the customer

account. Last Name Last name of the main contact person associated with the customer account. Alt. Phone Alternate phone number of main contact person. Ext Phone extension associated with the Alt. Phone number provided. Cell Phone

Cell phone number of the main contact person of the customer account.

Bus. Type Pull-down menu. Select from user defined business types. Tax Id Tax ID number for the customer. Mail Select either Yes or No to permit sending direct mail to the main contact

person. E-Mail Select either Yes or No to permit sending e-mail to the main contact person

of the customer account. Fax Select either Yes or No to permit sending faxes to the main contact person

of the customer account. View Customer Aging Select this option to view aging and open items on the customer. View/Add Notes Detail Select this option to view or add notes to the customer profile. View Customer Payment History

Select this option to view the customer’s complete payment history.

Inventory Sales History Select this option to view a customer’s sales history. You can drilldown by invoice # to display a listing of the complete transaction detail.

Schedule New Event Select this option to schedule an event for this customer in the Event Calendar.

Page 236: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 179

Copy Customer to Company

Select this option to copy a customer to another company. Since DP/DashBoard supports multiple companies, this is an ideal function for telemarketing purposes whereby management may want to import or download lists of prospects from trade shows, mailing databases and other sources of leads whereby internal staff can utilize the various DP/DashBoard tools to call and schedule appointments and follow-up with leads. Once a lead is formalized in a separate “lead” company, this option is ideal for transferring the customer record and related information into the firms main Accounts Receivable Customer Database. Normally, firms will not want to import hundreds or thousands of prospect names into their main database until some kind of relationship is established with a new lead. This option makes this a truly seamless process!

Add New Contact Select this option to add another customer contact. 3. Make any desired changes to the customer profile. 4. <Click> the Show or Hide Ship-To option to modify the customer’s shipping address. The Ship-To

window displays. Clicking the Save button in this window saves the changes and returns you to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

5. <Click> the Save button to update the system with the new customer information. A message displays confirming the record has been updated and returns to the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Add a New Customer Profile This option allows you to add new customers into the DP/DashBoard system. Customers added here are automatically added to the Data Pro Infinity POWER A/R module.

The following screen illustrates where the Reports & Drilldowns>Add a New Customer Profile option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-184).

Figure 3-184. Reports & Drilldowns>Add a New Customer Profile

To Add a New Customer Profile: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-235), select the Add a New

Customer Profile option from the Customer Support section. The Add a Customer screen displays (Figure 3-185).

Page 237: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 180 Customer Support Chapter 3

Figure 3-185. Add a Customer Screen

2. Enter a new customer number in the Customer Number text box that identifies the customer. The customer number may consist of a maximum of ten (10) alpha/numeric characters.

3. Enter the name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. The customer name may consist of up to thirty (30) alpha/numeric characters.

4. <Click> the Add this Customer button. The Change Customer Profile screen displays (Figure 3-186).

Page 238: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Customer Support Page 181

Figure 3-186. Change Customer Profile Screen – Add New Customer Information

5. Enter the Contact Information for the customer in the appropriate text boxes and pull-down menus. 6. Select the additional customer contact preferences from the Mail, E-mail, and Fax radio buttons. These

fields can be used in sorting customer lists to include for mailings and such. 7. <Click> the Save button. A message displays confirming that the customer record has been updated,

closes, and returns the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Add Additional Contacts: 1. From the Change Customer Profile screen (Figure 3-183), <click> the Add New Contact in the

Additional Contacts section of the lower portion of the screen. The Add/Change Customer Contact screen (Figure 3-187) displays.

Page 239: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 182 Customer Support Chapter 3

Figure 3-187. Add/Change Customer Contact Screen

2. Enter the Contact Information for the additional customer contact in the appropriate text boxes. 3. <Click> the Save button. The Add/Change Customer Contact screen closes and the new contact

information displays in the Additional Contacts section of the Change Customer Profile screen.

Page 240: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 183

SALES & PURCHASING The Sales & Purchasing menu options from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, allow you to add new sales orders via a web-based data entry system, view existing sales orders, view existing purchase orders, and perform inventory item inquiries. This assumes, however, that you have purchased and installed the Infinity POWER Sales Order Entry (SO) module (P/N 106), Purchase Order Entry (PO) module (P/N 103), and Manufacturing Inventory Management (IM) module (P/N 105). Otherwise, most of these features will not be available.

These features are accessible in the Sales & Purchasing section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-188).

Figure 3-188. Sales & Purchasing Section

Add New Sales Order When a customer calls in with a purchase request, a Sales Representative can add a sales order right from the web. This creates a record of that customer request, which can be accessed at any time for reference. While entering the Sales Order, the sales representative has access to the customer’s payment history, as well as previously taken notes on the customer’s account. Additionally, users can perform an inquiry on any previously entered order in the system for that customer using the View an Existing Sales Order option.

The following screen illustrates where the Sales & Purchasing>Add New Sales Order option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-189).

Figure 3-189. Sales & Purchasing>Add New Sales Order

Page 241: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 184 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

To Add a New Sales Order: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Add New Sales Order option

from the Sales & Purchasing section. The Add New Sales Order> Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen (Figure 3-190) displays.

Figure 3-190. Add New Sales Order>Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone>Add New Sales Order Screen

2. Perform one of the following search options: a. Enter the assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box and <click> the Search

button.

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box and <click> the

Search button. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list.

OR c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box and <click> the Search

button. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list.

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER program.

Page 242: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 185

The Add New Sales Order screen (Figure 3-191) displays providing all the known customer information in the appropriate fields.

Figure 3-191. Add New Sales Order Screen

The following table describes the Add New Sales Order screen details:

Change Shipping Click this option to change the customer shipping address for this particular sales order. Make any desired changes to the customers shipping address and click the Save & Continue button.

Customer Name Name of the selected Customer adding a sales order. Clicking the actual customer name displays a customer aging and open items report.

Price Level Price level you want to assign to that customer. Valid selections are 1-10. Salesman Name of the salesman executing the sales order request. Customer PO Enter the purchase order number associated with this sales order. Freight Amount Enter the freight amount, if applicable. Order Date Date the sales order is entered into the system. Discount % Percentage of discount applied to that particular sales order. Description Description of the sales order. E-mail E-mail address of the customer. Terms Payment terms for this order. Defaults to standard terms defined in

customer’s file.

Page 243: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 186 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

View/Add Notes Detail Clicking this option opens the View All Notes For This Customer screen. Any previous notes on the customer display. From this screen, you can add a new note to the customer profile.

View Inventory Sales History

Clicking this option opens the Customer Inventory Sales History screen. This option allows you to view a customer’s sales history. You can drilldown by invoice # to display a listing of the complete transaction detail. From the selected customer’s sales history, previously ordered items an be selected and a new sales order can be created.

View Customer Payment History

Clicking this option opens the Customer Payment History screen displaying a full payment history with transaction details. From this screen you can also view the aging on the customer, add notes, send e-mail to the customer, and schedule a new event.

3. Enter the desired information in the appropriate fields. 4. <Click> the Continue button. The Sales Order detail screen displays (Figure 3-192) reflecting the

data entered on the previous screen.

NOTE A warning will display if the customer has a past due balance or if they are over their credit limit.

Figure 3-192. Sales Order Detail Screen

Page 244: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 187

The following table describes the Sales Order Detail screen details:

UPPER SECTION Customer Name Name of the selected Customer adding a sales order. Clicking the actual

customer name displays a customer aging and open items report. Salesman Name of the salesman executing the sales order request. Description Description of the sales order. Order Date Date the sales order is entered into the system. Price Level Price level you want to assign to that customer. Valid selections are 1-10. Terms Payment terms for this order. Defaults to standard terms defined in

customer’s file. Customer PO Associated purchase order number for the customer. << Change Order Header Info

Clicking this option opens the Add Sales Order Screen. Make the desired edits to any of the fields such as date, description, etc.

LOWER SECTION Part Number Part number of the inventory item(s) being purchased. Description Description of the inventory item. U/M Unit of measure related to the inventory item such as each, gal, ft, inches,

etc. Quantity Number of items purchased for that particular inventory item. Price Price of the inventory item. Totals Total amount due for all items being purchased including applied discounts

and freight charges. Add New Inventory Item

Clicking this option opens the Select Inventory Item option and allows you to add additional inventory items to the current sales order.

Clear Order Detail Clicking this option clears the Sales Order Detail values without saving the sales order.

Save Detail Clicking this option saves the current Sales Order. 4. <Click> the Add New Inventory Item button to add inventory items to the sales order. The Select

Inventory Item screen displays (Figure 3-193).

Page 245: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 188 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

Figure 3-193. Select Inventory Item Screen

5. Enter the first few numbers or the entire inventory number in the Inventory Item Number text box, then <click> the Select button.

OR 6. Enter a keyword in the Inventory Item Description text box, then <click> the Search button. The

Select an Inventory Item screen displays listing all the available items that are a match with the keyword. The Search Inventory Items screen displays listing the available inventory items including details such as part number, description, bin number, and category. (Figure 3-194).

Page 246: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 189

Figure 3-194. Search Inventory Items Screen

7. Choose the desired inventory item from the list and <click> the Select button. The Get Inventory Item screen (Figure 3-195) displays details of the selected inventory item such as item number, description, U/M, quantity and price.

Page 247: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 190 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

Figure 3-195. Get Inventory Item Screen

8. Enter the desired Quantity and Price for the item, then <click> the Select This Item button. The Sales Order Detail screen is updated to include the selected inventory items (Figure 3-196) and calculates the order total. Continue to add as many inventory items as desired.

Page 248: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 191

Figure 3-196. Sales Order Detail – Inventory Items Selected

NOTE To edit an item on the order, <click> the Part # to make edits to that item. To remove an item from the order, <click> the red X next to the Total column of the item to be removed.

9. <Click> the Save Order button to save all selections to this sales order. The Save Sales Order screen (Figure 3-197) displays. Notice that they system automatically generates a sales order number for the sales order.

NOTE If a deposit is required for a particular order, you will be prompted to provide the appropriate payment information such as Payment Type, Credit Card #, Expiration Date, and Cardholder’s Name. You will then be prompted to post the deposit.

Page 249: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 192 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

Figure 3-197. Save Sales Order Screen

The following table describes the Save Sales Order screen details:

Customer Name Name of the selected Customer adding a sales order. Clicking the actual customer name displays a customer aging and open items report.

Salesman Name of the salesman executing the sales order request. Description Description of the sales order. Order Date Date the sales order is entered into the system. Price Level Price level you want to assign to that customer. Valid selections are 1-10. Terms Payment terms for this order. Defaults to standard terms defined in

customer’s file. Customer PO Associated purchase order number for the customer. View Sales Order Clicking this button opens the View Sales Order Detail window. Details

such as the customer profile, shipping address, and sales order information is included.

From this screen you can view the sales order detail (Figure 3-198), add a new order from this sales order, or return to the Main Menu.

Page 250: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 193

Figure 3-198. View Sales Order Detail Window

View an Existing Sales Order This option allows you to view existing sales orders. You can search sales orders by sales order number, customer number, customer name, or purchase order number.

The following screen illustrates where the Sales and Purchasing>View an Existing Sales Order option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-199).

Figure 3-199. Sales & Purchasing>View and Existing Sales Order

Page 251: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 194 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

To View an Existing Sales Order: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the View an Existing Sale Order

option from the Sales & Purchasing section. The View a Specific Sales Order > Enter Sales Order, Customer Number, Name or Purchase Order screen (Figure 3-200) displays.

Figure 3-200. Enter Sales Order, Customer Number, Name or Purchase Order> View a Specific Sales Order Screen

2. Enter either the full or partial Sales Order, Customer Number, Customer Name, or Purchase order then <click> the Search button. The Search Customer screen (Figure 3-201) displays listing the search results including the following details: order date, customer name, purchase order #, and sales order #.

Page 252: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 195

Figure 3-201. Search Customer Screen

3. Select the desired sales order to view by clicking on the Sales Order #. The View Sales Order Detail screen (Figure 3-202) displays with all the details of the selected sales order including customer profile, shipping address, and details on selected inventory items.

Page 253: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 196 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

Figure 3-202. View Sales Order Detail Screen

From here, you can view the sales order details, create a new order from this sales order, or return to the main menu.

View an Existing Purchase Order This option allows you to view existing purchase orders. You can search sales orders by sales order number, customer number, customer name, or purchase order number.

The following screen illustrates where the Sales and Purchasing> View an Existing Sales Order option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-203).

Figure 3-203. Sales & Purchasing>View and Existing Purchase Order

Page 254: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 197

To View an Existing Purchase Order: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen select the View an Existing Purchase

Order option from the Sales & Purchasing section. The View a Specific Purchase Order > Enter Purchase Order, Vendor Number, Name or Vendor Sales Order screen (Figure 3-204) displays.

Figure 3-204. Enter Purchase Order, Vendor Number, Name or Vendor SalesOrder> View a Specific Purchase Order Screen

2. Enter the desired Purchase Order, Vendor Number, Name, or Vendor Sales Order, then <click> the Search button. The Search Vendor screen (Figure 3-205) displays listing the search results including the following details: order date, customer name, purchase order #, and sales order #.

Page 255: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 198 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

Figure 3-205. Search Vendor Screen

3. Select the desired purchase order to view by clicking on the Purchase Order #. The View Purchase Order Detail screen (Figure 3-206) displays with all the details of the selected purchase order including customer profile, shipping address, and details on selected inventory items.

Page 256: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 199

Figure 3-206. View Purchase Order Detail Screen

Inventory Item Inquiry This option allows you to search for a specific inventory item. You can search inventory items by inventory item number or by a keyword description.

The following screen illustrates where the Sales and Purchasing> Inventory Item Inquiry option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-207).

Figure 3-207. Sales & Purchasing>Inventory Item Inquiry

Page 257: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 200 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

To Perform an Inventory Item Inquiry: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Inventory Item Inquiry option

from the Sales & Purchasing section. The Select Inventory Item screen (Figure 3-208) displays.

Figure 3-208. Select Inventory Item Screen

2. Enter the first few numbers or the entire inventory number in the Inventory Item Number text box, then <click> the Select button.

OR 3. Enter a keyword in the Inventory Item Description text box, then <click> the Search button. The

Select an Inventory Item screen displays listing all the available items that are a match with the keyword. The Search Inventory Items screen displays listing the available inventory items including details such as part number, description, bin number, and category. (Figure 3-209).

Page 258: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 201

Figure 3-209. Search Inventory Items Screen>Inventory Item Inquiry Screen

4. Choose the desired inventory item from the list and <click> the Select button. The Inventory Item Inquiry screen (Figure 3-210) displays details of the selected inventory item such as item number, description, U/M, quantity information, and Cost/Cost Level information.

Page 259: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 202 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

Figure 3-210. Inventory Item Inquiry Screen

View Inventory Sales History by Customer This option allows you to view a customer’s sales history. You can drilldown by invoice # to display a listing of the complete transaction detail. From the selected customer’s sales history, previously ordered items an be selected and a new sales order can be created.

The following screen illustrates where the Sales and Purchasing>View Historical Sales History by Customer option is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-211).

Figure 3-211. Sales & Purchasing> View Historical Sales History by Customer

Page 260: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 203

To View a Customer’s Historical Sales History: 1. In the center of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the View Historical Sales History

by Customer option from the Sales & Purchasing section. The Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone screen displays screen (Figure 3-212) displays.

Figure 3-212. Select Customer by Number, Name or Phone Screen – View Inventory Sales History by Customer

2. Perform one of the following search options: a. Enter the full or partial assigned customer number in the Customer Number text box. <Click> the

Search button. The Search Customer – View Inventory Sales History by Customer screen displays (Figure 3-213).

NOTE The customer number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER A/R module.

Page 261: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 204 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

OR b. Enter the full or partial name of the customer in the Customer Name text box. <Click> the Search

button. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Search Customer – View Inventory Sales History by Customer screen displays (Figure 3-213).

OR c. Enter the phone number of the customer in the Customer Phone text box. <Click> the Search

button. The Search Customer screen displays. <Click> the desired customer from the Name column of the Customer Information list. The Search Customer – View Inventory Sales History by Customer screen displays (Figure 3-213.

NOTE The customer phone number must be entered exactly as it is defined in the Infinity POWER A/R module (i.e. use of dashes versus parenthesis).

Figure 3-213. Search Customer> View Inventory Sales History by Customer Screen

3. Select the desired customer from the Name column (Figure 3-213). The Customer Inventory Sales History screen (Figure 3-214) displays details of all the invoices related to that customer.

Page 262: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 205

Figure 3-214. Customer Inventory Sales History Screen

The following table describes the Customer Inventory Sales History screen details:

UPPER SECTION Cust # Customer # for the selected customer. Co. Name Name of the selected Customer adding a sales order. Clicking the actual

customer name displays a customer aging and open items report. Contact Name of main contact person for the selected company. Address Address associated with the selected company. Region 5-digit alpha/numeric text string defining the region the customer is located. Phone Phone number of the customer. Fax Fax number of the customer. Email E-mail address of the customer. Clicking the e-mail address opens a Send New

Mail window. Special Displays contents of information stored in "special" user defined field stored in

each customer’s master record. The title of this field can vary depending on whether the user renamed this field in the A/R master configuration.

Page 263: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 206 Sales & Purchasing Chapter 3

View Inventory Sales History

Clicking this opens the Customer Inventory Sales History screen. This lists the past items ordered and the associated invoice numbers. From this screen these past items can be

Schedule Event Select this option to schedule an event for this customer in the Event Calendar. Add Order This will open the Add Sales Order screen (Figure 3-191) and allow you to add

an order for this customer. See the Add New Sales Order section on page 183 for further instructions.

LOWER SECTION Date Date the sales order is entered into the system. Type Description of transaction history (e.g. invoice). Inv. # Unit of measure related to the inventory item such as each, gal, ft, inches, etc. Salesman Name of the salesman executing the sales order request. Item # Vendor of the inventory item. Description Description of the associated inventory items. Qty. Lists the quantity that was ordered of the associated inventory. U/M Unit of measure related to the inventory item such as each, gal, ft, inches, etc. Unit Price Price of the inventory item. Ext. Price Cost of the specified inventory item based on quanity ordered and unit price. Add to Cart Select the check boxes of inventory items listed that you want to reorder for that

customer. Click the Add to Cart button,and the Add Sales Order screen displays. Once you click Continue in the Add Sales Order screen, the selected items are automatically added to the sales order and the amount due is calculated. See the Add New Sales Order section on page 183 for further instructions.

<Click> on the desired invoice from the Invoice # column to drilldown specific details of the selected

invoice. The Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown screen (Figure 3-215) displays with all the inventory items listed for the selected customer’s specified invoice.

Page 264: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Sales & Purchasing Page 207

Figure 3-215 Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown

Page 265: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 208 Payroll Timesheets Chapter 3

PAYROLL TIMESHEETS The Payroll Timesheets options provide internal users within the firm with the ability to key in their daily timesheets without having to provide users direct access to the Payroll program and/or the Payroll data files. Based on the security rights set up in Advanced Security and the employee number set up in the DP/Dashboard Set up Users option, an employee can enter his or her own time. Also, depending on Security Rights set up in Advanced Security, an employee will be only allowed to view his employee number. This option is also integrated to the Job Cost module so an employee can enter a job and cost code for their time. No rates are shown on the screen. The system picks up the rates set up for the employee in the Payroll module. It will automatically increment the date/reference number allowing for multiple entries by day. No posting is done to Payroll until the Payroll employee updates time sheets to Payroll through the normal Post Time Sheets transaction.

Options include Review/Add Timesheets and Timesheet Report. These features are accessible in the Payroll Timesheets section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen. (Figure 3-216).

Figure 3-216. Payroll Timesheets Main Menu Options

Review/Add Timesheets This mode allows you to add new employee time sheets and review those already entered into the system. This information includes the employee number and name, day/reference number, entry type, cost code, and pay information. These entries may be allocated by employee, department, and project.

The following screen illustrates where the Payroll Timesheets>Review/Add Timesheets option (Figure 3-217) is located on the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

Figure 3-217. Payroll Timesheets>Review/Add Timesheets Menu Option

Page 266: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Payroll Timesheets Page 209

To Review/Add a Timesheet: 1. From the Payroll Timesheets section of the DP/DashBoard main menu, <click> the Review/Add

Timesheets option. The Review/Add Timesheets screen displays (Figure 3-218).

Figure 3-218. Payroll Timesheets –Review/Add Timesheets Screen

2. Select the desired employee name from the Employee pull-down menu. 3. <Click> the Add New Timesheet option. The Add New Timesheet window displays.

Page 267: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 210 Payroll Timesheets Chapter 3

Figure 3-219. Add New Timesheet

The following table describes the Add Timesheet data items.

Employee The name of the employee/id for which the timesheet is being added. Date/Ref Number Date the new timecard is added. Dept/Project Select the department the employee is assigned.

Job Select a job description from the pull-down menu if a job

Cost Code No

This data item will only be used if you selected “Job” as the Entry Type, described earlier. If this entry is to be applied to a Job Cost project/job, you must select a cost code for the system to use when your Time Sheet Entry is posted.

Bill Description If the option to allow “Entry of JC/TB Transaction Description” is turned off in the Master Configuration, this data item will not be displayed. The transaction description will be passed to the Job Cost transaction file when you post the entry.

Page 268: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Payroll Timesheets Page 211

Worker’s Comp Class If the option to “Allow Workers' Comp. Classes” is turned off in the Payroll Master Configuration, this data item will not be displayed. This item specifies which Workers' Compensation class the hours and dollars for this entry should be accumulated under. For hourly employees, it may also determine the default pay rate for this entry. This option can be used to define multiple pay rates, per employee, for specific types of work. The Workers' Comp. classes are defined in the Payroll module. Please refer to the Payroll manual for a complete explanation of their use.

Hours Type This data item contains the hour’s type for entry. The hour’s type determines the rate of pay and the description for a particular class of hourly work. These types are defined in your Payroll module in the Master Configuration section under “Time Categories.” These would include Normal time, Overtime, Piecework, etc.

Hours Worked Total hours worked for the specified employee. Calculated by clicking the Set Time button.

From/To Time If you have selected the option to enter hours as beginning and ending times, specify a time range.

Set Time Click this button to calculate the number of hours worked based on the time range selected.

4. Enter the required information in the appropriate fields and make the desired selections from the pull-down

menus. 5. <Click> the Save button to save your selections and enter the time sheet into the system.

Timesheet Report This option provides a complete listing of Time Sheets not yet posted in the accounting system. Prior to updating time sheets, an employee can run the Time Sheet Report for their employee number only with totals by date and a grand total for the pay period. A user with administrator rights can add/change any of the time sheets posted. The administrator can also run the report for all employees.

If you want to view a full report, a user with administrator rights will need to change the report settings in the Time Sheet Entry module in the Infinity POWER application. The report will then automatically be printed using the information you have set up in the Master Configuration.

Figure 3-220. Payroll Timesheets>Timesheet Report Menu Option

Page 269: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 212 Payroll Timesheets Chapter 3

To Display a Time Sheet Report 1. From the Payroll Timesheets section of the DP/DashBoard main menu, <click> the Timesheet Report

option. The Time Sheet Report screen displays (Figure 3-221) listing all entered timesheets for the specified range of employees and date range.

Figure 3-221. Time Sheet Report Example

Page 270: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Maps & Lists Page 213

MAPS & LISTS The Maps & Lists section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen consists of the Maps & Directions and Internal Phone List options. The benefits of centralizing information such as corporate maps, directions, and phone lists are extremely valuable. Common information such as this can now be accessed quickly and accurately. Both of these options are user-defined, meaning you can change the main image icons, titles, and other attributes associated with these options.

The following screen (Figure 3-222) illustrates the section in the upper right corner of the screen where these options are displayed.

Figure 3-222. Maps & Lists Section

Maps & Directions The Maps & Directions section is where you would keep company maps and directions so that your employees can quickly download and/or email them directly to a client that would like to visit your facility. This option is user-defined, which means you can change the title and main menu image icon. See the DP/DashBoard Admin>DP/DashBoard Config>Setup Maps & Directions section of this manual for detailed steps on these configuration options.

This option is accessible in the Maps & Lists section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-223).

Page 271: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 214 Maps & Lists Chapter 3

Figure 3-223. Maps & List >Maps & Directions Option

To Access the Maps & Directions Screen: 1. On the right side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Maps & Directions option from

the Maps & Lists section. The Maps & Directions screen (Figure 3-224) displays.

Figure 3-224. Maps & Directions Screen

Page 272: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Maps & Lists Page 215

To Open a Maps & Directions Document or Link: 1. From the Maps & Directions screen, <click> the desired document or link to open from the Document

Description column. The document/link opens in the appropriate associated program.

NOTE You must have the associated application loaded on your system in order for the document to open (i.e. if you are trying to open an .xls file, you need to have Microsoft Excel loaded on your system.)

To Download a Maps & Directions Document: 1. From the Maps & Directions screen, <right-click> the desired document to download from the Document

Description column and select the Save Target As option (Figure 3-225). The Save As window displays.

Figure 3-225. Save As Window

2. Select the desired directory to download the file into from the Save In pull-down menu. 3. If desired, rename the document in the File Name pull-down menu. 4. If appropriate, change the file type in the Save as type pull-down menu. 5. <Click> the Save button. The document saves in the selected directory as the file name/type specified.

Internal Phone List It is always important to have a current company phone list. The internal phone list is automatically updated when new users are added or removed in the DP/DashBoard Admin.>DP/DashBoard Config>Setup/Configure Users option. Employee information such as name, title, department, location, phone numbers, and e-mail addresses are provided. If an e-mail address is provided, you can send an employee an email directly from this screen. The company address, contact information, and image are all user-defined and are setup in the DP/DashBoard Admin.>DP/DashBoard Config>Setup Company Logo & Phone Numbers section. This option is accessible in the Maps & Lists section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-226).

Page 273: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 216 Maps & Lists Chapter 3

Figure 3-226. Maps & Lists>Internal Phone List Option

To Access the Internal Phone List: 1. On the right side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the Internal Phone List option from

the Maps & Lists section. The Corporate Phone List screen (Figure 3-227) displays.

Figure 3-227. Corporate Phone List Screen

Page 274: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Documentation Page 217

DOCUMENTATION The Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen is where various different company documents and links can be "housed" so that they are easily accessed, managed, and ready on demand.

A key feature of this centralized Documentation Management function makes it possible to control access to specific documents. User rights determine if an employee can see all available documents or just departments that are specified. For instance, if a user is assigned to the Technical Support department, they may not be given access to Sales information. In that case, that user will not even see the Sales Documents option in the Documentation section at all.

DP/DashBoard is configured for the following documents: Marketing Documents, Corporate Documents, Support Documents, Sales Documents, and Technical Documents. All these menu options are user-defined in the DP/DashBoard Admin>DP/DashBoard Config options. Titles, headings, images, and main menu icons can all be customized to what you want them to be.

These features are accessible in the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen (Figure 3-228).

Figure 3-228. Documentation Section

Sample Documents The following screen (Figure 3-229) is an example of the types of documents you may consider adding to the Marketing Documents section. Price lists, product data sheets, order forms, references, etc., are all documents that are beneficial to have handy for employees and for potential customers. Notice how headings break up the different types of data sheets into categories. These are features you define!

Page 275: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 218 Documentation Chapter 3

Figure 3-229. Marketing Documents Example

The following screen (Figure 3-230) is an example of the types of documents you may consider adding to the Corporate Documents section. Remember, all document categories and associated features can be customized and renamed.

Page 276: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Documentation Page 219

Figure 3-230. Corporate Documents Example

General Documentation Functions The following sections describe procedures on how to open documents from the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, print documents on demand, and download documents. These procedures can be performed from any of the Document screens (i.e. Marketing Document, Corporate Documents, etc) under the Documentation section of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen.

To Download a Document: 1. In the appropriate Documents screen, <right-click> the desired document to be downloaded (Figure 3-231)

and select the Save Target As option. The Save As window (Figure 3-232) displays.

Page 277: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 220 Documentation Chapter 3

Figure 3-231. Documents Section >Download Document Function – Marketing Documents Example

Figure 3-232. Save As Window

2. Select the desired directory to download the file into from the Save In pull-down menu. 3. If desired, rename the document in the File Name pull-down menu. 4. If appropriate, change the file type in the Save as type pull-down menu. 5. <Click> the Save button. The document saves in the selected directory as the file name/type specified.

Page 278: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 3 Documentation Page 221

To View a Document or Link: 1. On the right side of the DP/DashBoard Menu System screen, select the desired Documents

(i.e. Marketing Documents, Corporate Documents, etc) option from the Documentation section (Figure 3-234). The appropriate Documents screen displays.

Figure 3-233. Documents Section – Select Marketing Documents Example

2. <Click> the desired document or link to open from the Document Description column (Figure 3-234). The document /link opens in the appropriate associated program.

Figure 3-234. Documents Section>View Function – Marketing Documents Example

NOTE You must have the associated application loaded on your system in order for the document to open (i.e. if you are trying to open an .xls file, you need to have Microsoft Excel loaded on your system.)

Page 279: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 222 Documentation Chapter 3

To Print a Document: 1. From the desired Documents screen, <right-click> the document you want to print from the Document

Description column and select the Print Target option (Figure 3-235). The Print window displays. 2. Select the desired printer and <click> the Print button.

Figure 3-235. Print Function – Marketing Documents Example

Page 280: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

VirusScan Settings Page 4-1

CHAPTER 4 DP/DASHBOARD TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

This troubleshooting guide is designed to help you, the user, find solutions to common problems concerning the installation and configuration of this software and its related products.

This document currently includes troubleshooting procedures for AntiVirus Software Settings. This document will be updated frequently as Microsoft Windows’ network and security functions evolve and impact the current installation and configuration process. Sections will be added as appropriate. Go to www.dpro.com, Manuals section, for the most recent DP/DashBoard Troubleshooting Guide.

ANTIVIRUS SOFTWARE SETTINGS If you are running Norton AntiVirus or McAfee AntiVirus software programs, some default settings need to be disabled in order for DP/DashBoard to run properly. If you encounter problems launching DP/DashBoard after you have performed all the necessary procedures in Chapter 2 Installation Procedures of the DP/DashBoard User Manual, it is possible that you many need to change some settings in your VirusScan software.

McAfee AntiVirus This section documents problems related to using MacAfee AntiVirus software. This procedure reflects McAfee VirusScan 8.0. Depending on what version you are running, the following steps may differ slightly.

Disable Script Blocking in McAfee: If the script blocking feature is enabled, all necessary scripts will be halted and the DP/DashBoard system will not execute properly.

1. From the McAfee Security main screen, <click> the VirusScan option on the left-hand side of the screen. The AntiVirus tab displays with options.

Page 281: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 4-2 VirusScan Settings

Figure 4-1. McAfee Security Center – VirusScan Tabbed Page

2. <Click> the Configure VirusScan Options button. The MacAfee VirusScan Options window

displays. 3. <Click) the ActiveShield tabbed page, and then <click> the Advanced button.

Figure 4-2. ActiveShield Tabbed Page

Several different tabbed pages display.

Page 282: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

VirusScan Settings Page 4-3

Figure 4-3. Advanced Active Shield Options Window

4. <Click> the ScriptStopper tabbed page and ensure that the Enable ScriptStopper check box is NOT

checked. If this option is checked, the software will not be able to perform necessary processes and will halt the communication between POWERServer, Infinity POWER products, and DP/DashBoard.

Figure 4-4. Advanced ActiveShield Options

5. <Click> the OK button.

Page 283: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 4-4 VirusScan Settings

Norton AntiVirus This section documents problems related to using Norton AntiVirus software. This procedure reflects Norton AntiVirus 2004. Depending on what version you are running, the following steps may differ slightly.

Disable Script Blocking in Norton: If the script blocking feature is enabled, all necessary scripts will be halted and the DP/DashBoard system will not execute properly.

1. In the Norton AntiVirus main screen, confirm if Script Blocking is set to ON or OFF. If set to OFF, then stop here and do not continue with the following steps. If Set to ON, then follow the remaining steps to disable this setting.

Figure 4-5. Norton AntiVirus Main Window

2. If Script Block is set to ON, then <click> the Options button. The Norton AntiVirus Options window displays.

Page 284: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

VirusScan Settings Page 4-5

Figure 4-6. Norton AntiVirus Options Window

3. Under the System menu, <click> the Script Blocking option. The Script Blocking setting options

display in the right side of the window. 4. Uncheck the Enable Script Blocking check box to disable this function.

Figure 4-7. Norton Antivirus - Disable Script Blocking Function

5. <Click> the OK button.

Page 285: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 4-6 Server Object Error

SERVER OBJECT ERROR Perform the following steps if you encounter this object error message when attempting to login to the server. This error is normally caused by installing the DP/Dashboard on a Windows Terminal Server environment where Windows redirects the installation of system files into a user's virtual system directory.

Server Object error ‘ASP 0178 : 80070005’

Server: CreateObject Access Error

/inc/dplib.asp, line 60

The call to Server.,.CreateObject failed while checking permissions. Access is denied to this object.

To Locate and Copy .dll File into System Directory : 1. Verify the dpcomm.dll file is installed in the C\windows\system32 directory on your server. If not you

will need to copy this file into that directory. 2. If the file is not in the directory, use the Windows Search tool by <clicking> the Start button and select

the Search>For Files or Folders… menu option. The Search Results window displays. 3. <Click> the All files and folders option and type “dpcomm.dll” to find where the file is located.

Figure 4-8. All Files and Folders Option

4. <Click> the Search button. 5. When the dpcomm.dll file is located, copy it into the c:\windows\system32 directory. 6. In Windows, <click> the Start button and select the Run menu option. The Run dialog box displays. 7. Type the command “regsvr32 c:\windows\system32\dpcomm.dll”.

Page 286: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Server Object Error Page 4-7

Figure 4-9. Run Window

8. <Click> the OK button.

Page 287: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 4-8 Server Object Error

This page intentionally left blank.

Page 288: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Chapter 5 Acronyms Page 5-1

CHAPTER 5 ACRONYMS Term Meaning ALF

Annual License Fee

AP Accounts Payable

AR Accounts Receivable

CPA Certified Public Accountant

CR Check Reconciliation

DB Database

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

FTP File Transfer Protocol

GL General Ledger

GUI

Graphical User Interface

IIS (Microsoft) Internet Information Service

IP Address Internet Protocol address

P/N Part Number

SA System Administrator

SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

VPN Virtual Private Network

Page 289: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page 5-2 Acronyms Chapter 5

This page intentionally left blank.

Page 290: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Index Page I

INDEX

A Access....................................................... 3-6, 3-8, 3-12, 3-18, 3-23, 3-29, 3-44, 3-50, 3-58, 3-76, 3-86, 3-94, 3-118, 3-214, 3-216

Calendar Screen..............................................................................................................................................................3-76, 3-77 Configuration Options Screen ...................................................................................................................................................3-8 Financial Statement Drilldown Option..................................................................................................................................3-118 Internal Phone List ................................................................................................................................................................3-216 Maps & Directions Screen.....................................................................................................................................................3-214 My Worksheet Screen .............................................................................................................................................................3-94 Pop-Up Menu ............................................................................................................................................................................3-6 Project/Task Menu Screen..............................................................................................................................................3-86, 3-87 Setup Available Companies Screen.........................................................................................................................................3-50 Setup Company Logo and Phone Numbers Screen .................................................................................................................3-44 Setup Maps & Directions Screen....................................................................................................................................3-29, 3-30 Setup Marketing Documents Screen .................................................................................................................... 3-58, 3-59, 3-60 Setup/Configure Departments Screen......................................................................................................................................3-12 Setup/Configure Resources Screen ................................................................................................................................3-23, 3-24 Setup/Configure Users Screen.................................................................................................................................................3-18

Account Balances .....................................................................................................................................................................3-131 Accounts Payable.................................................................. 3-135, 3-136, 3-137, 3-138, 3-139, 3-140, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-144

Display Report............................................................................................................................................................3-135, 3-142 Drilldown Aging Report........................................................................................................................................................3-138

Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Report................................................................................................................3-135, 3-138 Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-135 Drilldown ..............................................................................................................................................................................3-138

Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown ............................................................................................................................3-142 Accounts Payable Transactions & Drilldown Report .....................................................................................................3-142, 3-145

Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-143 Drilldown ...................................................................................................................................................................3-145, 3-146

Accounts Receivable...............................................................................................3-147, 3-148, 3-149, 3-153, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156 Display Report.......................................................................................................................................................................3-147 Drilldown Aging Report........................................................................................................................................................3-147

Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Report...........................................................................................................3-147, 3-149 Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-147 Drilldown ................................................................................................................................. 3-149, 3-150, 3-151, 3-152, 3-153

Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting & Drilldown .......................................................................................................3-153, 3-154 Accounts Receivable Sales Reporting Drilldown Report ..........................................................................................................3-154

Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-155 Active Company ............................................................................................................................................................................3-3

Change ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-3 ActiveShield ..................................................................................................................................................................................4-2 Add 3-13, 3-14, 3-19, 3-20, 3-24, 3-25, 3-33, 3-35, 3-36, 3-37, 3-38, 3-49, 3-52, 3-63, 3-64, 3-66, 3-67, 3-87, 3-90, 3-95, 3-99, 3-

161, 3-164, 3-170, 3-181 Additional Contacts....................................................................................................................................................3-181, 3-182 Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option .....................................................................................................................3-95 Company .................................................................................................................................................................................3-52 Company Address and Phone Numbers ..................................................................................................................................3-50 Customer Support Ticket.......................................................................................................................................................3-172 Department..............................................................................................................................................................................3-13 Maps & Directions Document.................................................................................................................................................3-33 Maps & Directions Heading....................................................................................................................................................3-35 Maps & Directions Link..........................................................................................................................................................3-37 Marketing Documents Document...................................................................................................................................3-63, 3-64 Marketing Documents Heading............................................................................................................................ 3-64, 3-65, 3-66 Marketing Documents Link.....................................................................................................................................................3-66 New User.................................................................................................................................................................................3-20

Page 291: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page II Index

Project .....................................................................................................................................................................................3-87 Resource.........................................................................................................................................................................3-24, 3-25 Task.........................................................................................................................................................................................3-90 Task from the My Worksheet Option......................................................................................................................................3-99 Tickler ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-161

Additional Contacts ...................................................................................................................................................................3-181 Add........................................................................................................................................................................................3-181

Aging .................................................................................... 3-135, 3-136, 3-137, 3-138, 3-139, 3-140, 3-141, 3-147, 3-148, 3-149 Drilldown Accounts Payable Aging Report ..........................................................................................................................3-138 Drilldown an Accounts Receivable Aging Report.................................................................................................................3-149

ANTIVIRUS SOFTWARE SETTINGS........................................................................................................................................4-1

B Balance Sheet .......................................................................................................................................... 3-111, 3-112, 3-113, 3-119

Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-119 Display Report.......................................................................................................................................................................3-111 Overview...............................................................................................................................................................................3-119

Balance Sheet Report......................................................................................................................................................3-113, 3-119 Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-111 Drilldown ..............................................................................................................................................................................3-119

Balances.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-131 Bank Account Balances ..................................................................................................................................................3-131, 3-132

Display Report.......................................................................................................................................................................3-131 Overview...............................................................................................................................................................................3-131

Bank Account Balances Report ......................................................................................................................................3-131, 3-132 Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-132 Drilldown ...................................................................................................................................................................3-132, 3-134

C Calendar........................................................................ 3-75, 3-76, 3-77, 3-78, 3-79, 3-80, 3-81, 3-83, 3-85, 3-96, 3-97, 3-98, 3-99

Access Calendar Screen ..........................................................................................................................................................3-76 Add New Event .......................................................................................................................................................................3-78 Change Calendar Event from My Worksheet Option..............................................................................................................3-98 Change Event ..........................................................................................................................................................................3-85 View Specific Calendar...........................................................................................................................................................3-78

Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option.................................................................................................................3-95, 3-99 Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-95 Change ....................................................................................................................................................................................3-98

Cashflow..............................................................................................................................................................3-122, 3-123, 3-125 Display Report.......................................................................................................................................................................3-123 Drilldown Statement..............................................................................................................................................................3-123

Change...........................................................................................3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-74, 3-85, 3-92, 3-98, 3-102, 3-173, 3-176, 3-177 Active Company.................................................................................................................................................................3-3, 3-4 Calendar Event ........................................................................................................................................................................3-85 Calendar Event from the My Worksheet Option .....................................................................................................................3-98 Color Style of the DP/DashBoard Screens ..............................................................................................................................3-74 Customer Profile ...................................................................................................................................................................3-176 Customer Support Ticket.......................................................................................................................................................3-172 System Date ..............................................................................................................................................................................3-5 Task.........................................................................................................................................................................................3-92 Task from the My Worksheet Option....................................................................................................................................3-101

Color Styles Setup ..............................................................................................................................................................3-73, 3-74 Change ....................................................................................................................................................................................3-74

Company.............................................................. 3-3, 3-4, 3-44, 3-45, 3-46, 3-49, 3-50, 3-51, 3-52, 3-53, 3-54, 3-55, 3-109, 3-110 Access Setup Available Companies Screen.............................................................................................................................3-50 Access Setup Company Logo and Phone Numbers Screen .....................................................................................................3-44 Add Company Address and Phone Numbers ..........................................................................................................................3-49 Add New Company .................................................................................................................................................................3-52 Change Active Company...........................................................................................................................................................3-3 Consolidate............................................................................................................................................................................3-109

Page 292: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Index Page III

Modify Company ....................................................................................................................................................................3-53 Modify Company Address and Phone Numbers .....................................................................................................................3-49 Remove Company ...................................................................................................................................................................3-55 Replace Logo Image................................................................................................................................................................3-45 Setup Logos and Phone Numbers............................................................................................................................................3-44

Company Address and Phone Numbers.......................................................................................................................................3-49 Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-49 Modify.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-49

Company Logo Image .................................................................................................................................................................3-45 Replace....................................................................................................................................................................................3-45

Complete.............................................................................................................................................................................3-88, 3-92 Mark Project..........................................................................................................................................................................3-88 Mark Task ...............................................................................................................................................................................3-92

Configuration Options Screen........................................................................................................................................................3-8 Access .......................................................................................................................................................................................3-8

Configure ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-8, 2-9, 2-15, 2-28 Configure Security System Objects...........................................................................................................................................2-8 IIS Web Server ........................................................................................................................................................................2-28 Microsoft IIS Web Server .......................................................................................................................................................2-27 POWERServer Options ...........................................................................................................................................................2-15 Security System Objects............................................................................................................................................................2-9

Consolidate .....................................................................................................................................................................3-109, 3-110 Entity.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-110 Perform General Ledger Company Consolidation ................................................................................................................3-109

Contacts .....................................................................................................................................................................................3-181 Add Additional......................................................................................................................................................................3-181

Corporate Documents ................................................................................................................................................................3-217 Create Data Files............................................................................................................................................................................2-6 CREATE DATA FILES ................................................................................................................................................................2-6 Customer Profile.....................................................................................................3-175, 3-176, 3-177, 3-178, 3-179, 3-180, 3-181

Add..................................................................................................................................................................3-179, 3-180, 3-181 Change ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-176

Customer Support .............................................................................................................. 3-159, 3-165, 3-166, 3-173, 3-175, 3-179 Add New Customer Profile ...................................................................................................................................................3-179 Change Customer Profile ......................................................................................................................................................3-175 Review/Add Customer Support Tickets ................................................................................................................................3-165 Review/Add Ticklers................................................................................................................ 3-159, 3-183, 3-193, 3-196, 3-199 Search for Tickets..................................................................................................................................................................3-173

Customer Support Tickets ...................................................................................................................................3-165, 3-172, 3-174 Add........................................................................................................................................................................................3-165 Change ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-172 Review ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-165

Customer Support Tickets Search....................................................................................................................................................................................3-174

D Date ........................................................................................................................................................................................3-4, 3-5

Change System Date .................................................................................................................................................................3-4 Delete........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-17, 3-23, 3-28

Department..............................................................................................................................................................................3-17 Resource..................................................................................................................................................................................3-27 User .........................................................................................................................................................................................3-22

Department ............................................................................................................................................. 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16, 3-17 Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-13 Delete ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-17 Modify.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-15

Directions .................................................................................................................................................... 3-29, 3-30, 3-213, 3-214 Access Setup Maps & Directions Screen ................................................................................................................................3-29

dmcom.dll ......................................................................................................................................................................................4-6 Document .......................................................................................................................... 3-107, 3-108, 3-217, 3-220, 3-221, 3-222

Download .............................................................................................................................................................................3-220

Page 293: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page IV Index

General Functions..................................................................................................................................................................3-219 Open ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-221 Print .......................................................................................................................................................................................3-222

Documents .....................................................................................................................................3-67, 3-68, 3-69, 3-70, 3-71, 3-72 Downloand Document or Template.........................................................................................................................................3-72 Remove Document/Heading/Link...........................................................................................................................................3-70 View Document/Heading/Link................................................................................................................................................3-71

Download .......................................................................... 3-42, 3-43, 3-72, 3-73, 3-108, 3-184, 3-194, 3-197, 3-200, 3-203, 3-219 Document ...................................................................................................................... 3-184, 3-194, 3-197, 3-200, 3-203, 3-219 Documents Document or Template .........................................................................................................................................3-72 Maps & Directions Document or Template...........................................................................................................................3-215 Ray Sheds Light Document or Template...............................................................................................................................3-107

DP/DashBoard ............................................................................................................................1-7, 2-6, 2-37, 2-38, 2-39, 3-7, 3-8 Config Options ..........................................................................................................................................................................3-8 Create Data Files .......................................................................................................................................................................2-6 Install on IIS Server.................................................................................................................................................................2-20 Launch Browser and Enter URL of DP/DashBoard Server.....................................................................................................2-37 Requirements ...........................................................................................................................................................................1-7 Start .........................................................................................................................................................................................2-38

DP/DashBoard Data Files ..............................................................................................................................................................2-6 DP/DashBoard on IIS Server .......................................................................................................................................................2-20

Before you Begin ....................................................................................................................................................................2-20 Install.......................................................................................................................................................................................2-20

DP/DashBoard On IIS Server ......................................................................................................................................................2-20 DP/Dashboard on the IIS Server..................................................................................................................................................2-21 Drilldown......3-109, 3-117, 3-119, 3-120, 3-121, 3-122, 3-123, 3-127, 3-132, 3-135, 3-136, 3-137, 3-138, 3-139, 3-140, 3-141, 3-

142, 3-143, 3-144, 3-147, 3-148, 3-149, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156 Accounts Payable Aging & Drilldown Report ......................................................................................................................3-138 Accounts Receivable Aging & Drilldown Report .................................................................................................................3-149 Accounts Receivable Sales Report by Transaction Number..................................................................................................3-156 Balance Sheet ........................................................................................................................................................................3-119 Bank Account Balances Report .............................................................................................................................................3-132 Income Statement ..................................................................................................................................................................3-127 Statement of Cash Flows ............................................................................................................................................3-123, 3-145

E Entity .........................................................................................................................................................................................3-110

Consolidate............................................................................................................................................................................3-110 Event.......................................................................................3-75, 3-76, 3-78, 3-79, 3-80, 3-81, 3-83, 3-85, 3-96, 3-97, 3-98, 3-99

Change ....................................................................................................................................................................................3-85 Change from the My Worksheet Option .................................................................................................................................3-98

Event Calendar ............................................................................................................................................................................3-76

F Financial Statement Drilldown ............................................................................................................................3-117, 3-119, 3-127

Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-119 Drilldown Income Statement.................................................................................................................................................3-127

Financial Statement Drilldown Option ......................................................................................................................................3-118 Access ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-118

G General Functions............................................................................................................................. 3-3, 3-105, 3-183, 3-217, 3-219

Documentation Functions......................................................................................................................................................3-219 General Ray Sheds Light Document .....................................................................................................................................3-105

Global Configuration Options.................................................................................................................................................3-8, 3-9 Modify............................................................................................................................................................................3-10, 3-12 Setup..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-9

Groups ................................................................................................................................................................................2-11, 2-12 Setup Security System Groups and Users................................................................................................................................2-11

Page 294: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Index Page V

I Image ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-48, 3-49, 3-61, 3-62, 3-63

Replace Maps & Directions Main Menu ................................................................................................................................3-30 Replace Marketing Documents Main Menu............................................................................................................................3-61 Replace Phone List..................................................................................................................................................................3-48

Income Statement ......................................................................................................................... 3-114, 3-115, 3-116, 3-117, 3-127 Display .......................................................................................................................................................................3-114, 3-127 Drilldown ........................................................................................................................................................3-127, 3-128, 3-129

Infinity POWER .....................................................................................................................................................................1-7, 2-6 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................................1-7

Install ............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-1, 2-6, 2-21 DP/Dashboard on the IIS Server .............................................................................................................................................2-21 Infinity POWER Version 6.5 or Higher ....................................................................................................................................2-6 Install Microsoft Information Server IIS ...................................................................................................................................2-1 Microsoft Information Server....................................................................................................................................................2-1

Installation Procedures...................................................................................................... 2-1, 2-6, 2-8, 2-15, 2-16, 2-21, 2-27, 2-37 Configure Microsoft IIS Web Server ......................................................................................................................................2-27 Configure POWERServer Options ..........................................................................................................................................2-15 Configure Security System Objects...........................................................................................................................................2-8 Create DP/DashBoard Data Files ..............................................................................................................................................2-6 Install DP/Dashboard on the IIS Server...................................................................................................................................2-21 Install Infinity POWER Version 6.5 or Higher .........................................................................................................................2-6 Install Microsoft Information Server IIS ...................................................................................................................................2-1 Lauch Browser and Enter URL of DP/DashBoard Server.......................................................................................................2-37 Setup POWERServer as a WIN32 Service on the Server........................................................................................................2-16

Internal Phone List...................................................................................................................................................3-47, 3-48, 3-216 Access ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-216 Replace....................................................................................................................................................................................3-48 Replace Internal Phone List Menu Image Icon........................................................................................................................3-47 Setup Company Logos and Phone Numbers ...........................................................................................................................3-44

Inventory Item Inquiry ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-199

L List.............................................................................................................................................................................................3-213

Maps & Lists .........................................................................................................................................................................3-213 Logos and Phone Numbers .................................................................................................................................................3-44, 3-45

Access Setup Company Logo and Phone Numbers Screen .....................................................................................................3-44 Replace Company Logo ..........................................................................................................................................................3-45

M Maps & Directions...................................................... 3-28, 3-31, 3-32, 3-33, 3-35, 3-36, 3-37, 3-38, 3-39, 3-41, 3-42, 3-43, 3-214

Access Setup Maps & Directions Screen ..............................................................................................................................3-214 Add Document ...............................................................................................................................................................3-33, 3-39 Add Heading ...........................................................................................................................................................................3-35 Add Link .................................................................................................................................................................................3-37 Download Document or Template ........................................................................................................................................3-215 Modify Document/Heading/Link ............................................................................................................................................3-38 Replace Main Menu Image Icon .............................................................................................................................................3-30 Replace Main Menu Title........................................................................................................................................................3-32 Setup........................................................................................................................................................................................3-28 View Document/Heading/Link................................................................................................................................................3-41

Maps & Lists .............................................................................................................................................................................3-213 Internal Phone List ................................................................................................................................................................3-213 Maps & Directions ................................................................................................................................................................3-213

Marketing Documents...........................................................3-56, 3-58, 3-59, 3-60, 3-61, 3-62, 3-63, 3-64, 3-65, 3-66, 3-67, 3-217 Access Setup Marketing Documents Screen ...........................................................................................................................3-58 Add Document ........................................................................................................................................................................3-63 Add Heading ...........................................................................................................................................................................3-64

Page 295: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page VI Index

Add Link .................................................................................................................................................................................3-66 Replace Main Menu Image Icon .............................................................................................................................................3-61 Replace Main Menu Title........................................................................................................................................................3-60 Setup........................................................................................................................................................................................3-56

McAfee AntiVirus .........................................................................................................................................................................4-1 Menu........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5, 3-85, 3-86

Pop-Up Menu .....................................................................................................................................................................3-5, 3-6 Project/Task Menu ..................................................................................................................................................................3-85

Microsoft IIS Web Server............................................................................................................................................................2-27 Configure.................................................................................................................................................................................2-27

Microsoft Information Server ........................................................................................................................................................2-1 Install.........................................................................................................................................................................................2-1

Microsoft Information Server IIS ..................................................................................................................................................2-1 Modify ........................................................................ 3-15, 3-21, 3-26, 3-38, 3-39, 3-49, 3-53, 3-54, 3-58, 3-67, 3-68, 3-69, 3-165

Company .................................................................................................................................................................................3-53 Company Address and Phone Numbers ..................................................................................................................................3-49 Department..............................................................................................................................................................................3-15 Documents Document/Heading/Link ......................................................................................................................................3-69 Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link..........................................................................................................................3-38 Resource.........................................................................................................................................................................3-26, 3-27 Tickler ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-165 User ................................................................................................................................................................................3-21, 3-22

Modify Document/Heading/Link.................................................................................................................................................3-67 Modify Documents Document/Heading/Link..............................................................................................................................3-68 My Worksheet ............................................................................................................................................... 3-93, 3-94, 3-99, 3-101

Access My Worksheet Screen .................................................................................................................................................3-94 Add Task .................................................................................................................................................................................3-99 Change Event................................................................................................................................................................3-98, 3-99 Change Task from .................................................................................................................................................................3-101

N New Customer Profile ...............................................................................................................................................................3-179

Add........................................................................................................................................................................................3-179 New Event to a Calendar .............................................................................................................................................................3-78

Add....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-78, 3-80, 3-97 Norton AntiVirus ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-1, 4-4, 4-5

O Objects...........................................................................................................................................................................................2-8

Configure Security System Objects...........................................................................................................................................2-8 Open ....................................................................................................................................................................3-106, 3-215, 3-221

Document or Link .................................................................................................................................................................3-221 Maps & Directions Document or Link ..................................................................................................................................3-215 Rays Sheds Light Document or Link.....................................................................................................................................3-106

P PAYROLL TIMESHEETS........................................................................................................................................................3-208 Phone List Image .........................................................................................................................................................................3-48

Replace....................................................................................................................................................................................3-48 Phone Number ................................................................................................................................................................3-215, 3-216

Access Internal Phone List ....................................................................................................................................................3-216 Pop-Up Menu .........................................................................................................................................................................3-5, 3-6

Access .......................................................................................................................................................................................3-6 PowerServer.................................................................................................................................................................................2-19 PowerServer

Begin .......................................................................................................................................................................................2-17 POWERServer................................................................................................................................................... 2-15, 2-16, 2-17, 4-3

Configure.................................................................................................................................................................................2-15 Setup........................................................................................................................................................................................2-17

Page 296: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Index Page VII

Setup as a WIN32 Service on the Server.................................................................................................................................2-16 POWERServer Options ...............................................................................................................................................................2-15

Configure.................................................................................................................................................................................2-15 Configure POWERServer Options ..........................................................................................................................................2-15

Print .....................................................................................................................................................................3-106, 3-107, 3-222 Document ..............................................................................................................................................................................3-222 Ray Sheds Light Document...................................................................................................................................................3-106

Profile of a Customer.................................................................................................................................................................3-176 Change ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-176

Project....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-85, 3-87, 3-88 Access Project/Task Menu Screen...........................................................................................................................................3-86 Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-87 Mark Completed......................................................................................................................................................................3-88

Purchasing .................................................................................................................................................................................3-183 Purchasing Order

View Existing........................................................................................................................................................................3-196

R Ray Sheds Light...........................................................................................................................................................................3-58

Setup........................................................................................................................................................................................3-58 Ray Sheds Light Document .......................................................................................................................................................3-106

General Functions..................................................................................................................................................................3-105 Open .....................................................................................................................................................................................3-106 Print .......................................................................................................................................................................................3-106

Remove.................................................................................................................................3-40, 3-41, 3-55, 3-56, 3-70, 3-71, 3-93 Company ........................................................................................................................................................................3-55, 3-56 Documents Document/Heading/Link .............................................................................................................................3-70, 3-71 Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link..........................................................................................................................3-39 Task.........................................................................................................................................................................................3-93

Replace ....................................................................................................................... 3-30, 3-31, 3-32, 3-45, 3-47, 3-48, 3-60, 3-61 Company Logo Image .............................................................................................................................................................3-45 Internal Phone List Menu Image Icon .....................................................................................................................................3-47 Maps & Directions Main Menu Image Icon............................................................................................................................3-30 Maps & Directions Main Menu Title .............................................................................................................................3-32, 3-33 Marketing Documents Main Menu Image Icon.......................................................................................................................3-61 Marketing Documents Main Menu Title .................................................................................................................................3-60 Phone List Image.....................................................................................................................................................................3-48

Report ........................... 3-109, 3-122, 3-123, 3-131, 3-132, 3-134, 3-142, 3-143, 3-144, 3-147, 3-148, 3-149, 3-153, 3-155, 3-156 Reports & Drilldowns........................................................... 3-109, 3-111, 3-114, 3-119, 3-131, 3-132, 3-147, 3-153, 3-154, 3-156

Drilldown by Transaction Number........................................................................................................................................3-156 Requirements ...............................................................................................................................................................................1-7

DP/DashBoard .........................................................................................................................................................................1-7 Resource .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-24, 3-26, 3-27, 3-28

Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-24 Configure.................................................................................................................................................................................3-23 Delete ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-27 Modify.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-26 Setup........................................................................................................................................................................................3-23

Review............................................................................................................................... 3-161, 3-164, 3-166, 3-167, 3-168, 3-169 Customer Support Tickets ..........................................................................................................................................3-165, 3-166 Tickler ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-160 Ticklers............................................................................................................................................................3-159, 3-164, 3-165

Review/Add Timesheets ............................................................................................................................................................3-208

S Sales...........................................................................................................................................................................................3-183 Sales Order

Add New ...............................................................................................................................................................................3-183 View Existing........................................................................................................................................................................3-193

Sample Documents ....................................................................................................................................................................3-217

Page 297: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Page VIII Index

Script Blocking ............................................................................................................................................................... 4-1, 4-4, 4-5 ScriptStopper .................................................................................................................................................................................4-3 Search ........................................................................................................................................................................................3-174

Customer Support Ticket by Number....................................................................................................................................3-174 Customer Support Tickets .....................................................................................................................................................3-173

Security System Groups and Users ..............................................................................................................................................2-11 Setup........................................................................................................................................................................................2-11

Security System Objects .........................................................................................................................................................2-8, 2-9 Configure...................................................................................................................................................................................2-9

Server........................................................................................................................................................ 2-1, 2-15, 2-16, 2-20, 2-28 Configure IIS Web Server ..............................................................................................................................................2-27, 2-28 Configure POWERServer .......................................................................................................................................................2-15 Install DP/DashBoard On IIS Server.......................................................................................................................................2-20 Install Microsoft Information Server IIS ...................................................................................................................................2-1 Setup POWERServer as a WIN32 Service on the Server........................................................................................................2-16

SERVER OBJECT ERROR ..........................................................................................................................................................4-6 Setup .....................................................................................................................................2-11, 2-17, 3-12, 3-17, 3-23, 3-28, 3-73

Available Companies ..............................................................................................................................................................3-50 Departments ............................................................................................................................................................................3-12 Maps & Directions ..................................................................................................................................................................3-28 POWERServer ........................................................................................................................................................................2-17 Resources ................................................................................................................................................................................3-23 Security System Groups and Users..........................................................................................................................................2-11 Setup POWERServer as a WIN32 Service on the Server........................................................................................................2-16 Users........................................................................................................................................................................................3-17

Setup Documents .........................................................................................................................................................................3-67 Start .............................................................................................................................................................................................2-17

PowerServer for First Time ....................................................................................................................................................2-17 Statement ..................................................................................................................................... 3-114, 3-115, 3-116, 3-123, 3-127

Display Income .....................................................................................................................................................................3-114 Display Income Statement.....................................................................................................................................................3-127

Statement of Cash Flows ...........................................................................................................................................................3-123 Display ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-123 Drilldown ............................................................................................................................................ 3-123, 3-124, 3-125, 3-126

Support Documents ...................................................................................................................................................................3-217 System Date...................................................................................................................................................................................3-4

Change ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-4

T Task ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-90, 3-91, 3-92, 3-93, 3-102

Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-90 Change ....................................................................................................................................................................................3-92 Mark Completed......................................................................................................................................................................3-92 Remove ...................................................................................................................................................................................3-93

Task Mark Completed....................................................................................................................................................................3-102

Task from the My Worksheet Option ....................................................................................................................3-99, 3-101, 3-103 Add..........................................................................................................................................................................................3-99 Change ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-101 Remove .................................................................................................................................................................................3-103

Tasks..................................................................................................................................................... 3-75, 3-85, 3-88, 3-92, 3-101 Add from My Worksheet.........................................................................................................................................................3-99 Change from the My Worksheet Option ...............................................................................................................................3-101 View........................................................................................................................................................................................3-88

Technical Documents ................................................................................................................................................................3-217 Template ................................................................................................................................................................3-72, 3-107, 3-215

Download Documents .............................................................................................................................................................3-72 Download Maps & Directions...............................................................................................................................................3-215 Download Ray Sheds Light...................................................................................................................................................3-107

Tickets .........................................................................................................3-165, 3-166, 3-167, 3-168, 3-169, 3-170, 3-173, 3-174 Add........................................................................................................................................................................................3-169

Page 298: DP/DashBoard · 2009-06-01 · DP/DashBoard User Manual 1 - 1 e g a P n 1 o r i e t t c p u a d h o C r t n I CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Data Pro Accounting Software’s DP/DashBoard

DP/DashBoard User Manual

Index Page IX

Change Customer Support.....................................................................................................................................................3-172 Review ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-165 Review Customer Support...............................................................................................................................3-167, 3-168, 3-169 Search....................................................................................................................................................................................3-173 Search Customer Support ......................................................................................................................................................3-174

Tickler................................................................................................................................ 3-160, 3-161, 3-162, 3-163, 3-164, 3-165 Add........................................................................................................................................................................................3-161 Modify...................................................................................................................................................................................3-165 Review ..................................................................................................................................................................................3-160

Ticklers .............................................................................................................................. 3-159, 3-164, 3-183, 3-193, 3-196, 3-199 Review .......................................................................................................................... 3-159, 3-164, 3-183, 3-193, 3-196, 3-199

Timesheet Report.......................................................................................................................................................................3-211 Tips & Tricks.............................................................................................................................................................................3-105 To Display a Time Sheet Report................................................................................................................................................3-212 To Review/Add a Timesheet: ....................................................................................................................................................3-209 Transaction ..........................................................................................................................................................3-142, 3-145, 3-146

Drilldown Accounts Payable Transactions Report ................................................................................................................3-145 Transaction Number .......................................................................................................................................................3-156, 3-157

Drilldown ...................................................................................................................................................................3-156, 3-157 Tricks.........................................................................................................................................................................................3-105

U User ...............................................................................................................................................3-18, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21, 3-22, 3-23

Delete ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-22 Modify.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-21

Using..............................................................................................................................................................................................3-1 USING DP/DASHBOARD ...........................................................................................................................................................3-1

V View ...................................................................................................................................3-41, 3-42, 3-71, 3-72, 3-78, 3-88, 3-104

Documents Document/Heading/Link ......................................................................................................................................3-71 Maps & Directions Document/Heading/Link..........................................................................................................................3-41 Specific Calendar ....................................................................................................................................................................3-78 Tasks ..............................................................................................................................................................................3-88, 3-89 Weekly Calendar Events from the My Worksheet Option ....................................................................................................3-104

View a Customer’s Historical Sales History..............................................................................................................................3-203 View Inventory Sales History by Customer...............................................................................................................................3-202

W Web Server ..................................................................................................................................................................................2-28

Configure.................................................................................................................................................................................2-28 Weekly Calendar Events from the My Worksheet Option.........................................................................................................3-104

View ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-104 WIN32 .........................................................................................................................................................................................2-16

Setup POWERServer ..............................................................................................................................................................2-16 Worksheet....................................................................................................................................................................................3-94

Access My Worksheet Screen .................................................................................................................................................3-94